Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics

Students of 12th can get the pdf links of Tamilnadu State Board Economics Solutions here. You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Book Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics

It is very important to put the textbook aside while preparing for the exams. So, if you follow Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Chapter 7 International Economics Questions and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics International Economics Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – A
Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
Trade between two countries is known as ………………………. trade
(a) External
(b) Internal
(c) Inter – regional
(d) Home
Answer:
(a) External

Question 2.
Which of the following factors influence trade?
(a) The stage of development of a product
(b) The relative price of factors of productions
(c) Government
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 3.
International trade differs from domestic trade because of ……………………….
(a) Trade restrictions
(b) Immobility of factors
(c) Different government policies
(d) All the above
Answer:
(d) All the above

Question 4.
In general, a primary reason why nations conduct international trade is because ……………………….
(a) Some nations prefer to produce one thing while others produce another
(b) Resources are not equally distributed among all trading nations
(c) Trade enhances opportunities to accumulate profits
(d) Interest rates are not identical in all trading nations
Answer:
(b) Resources are not equally distributed among all trading nations

Question 5.
Which of the following is a modem theory of international trade?
(a) Absolute cost
(b) Comparative cost
(c) Factor endowment theory
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) Factor endowment theory

Question 6.
Exchange rates are determined in ……………………….
(a) Money market
(b) Foreign exchange market
(c) Stock market
(d) Capital market
Answer:
(b) Foreign exchange market

Question 7.
Exchange rate for currencies is determined by supply and demand under the system of ……………………….
(a) Fixed exchange rate
(b) Flexible exchange rate
(c) Constant
(d) Government regulated
Answer:
(b) Flexible exchange rate

Question 8.
Net export equals ……………………….
(a) Export × Import
(b) Export + Import
(c) Export – Import
(d) Exports of services only
Answer:
(c) Export – Import

Question 9.
Who among the following enunciated the concept of single factoral terms of trade?
(a) Jacob Viner
(b) G.S.Donens
(c) Taussig
(d) J.S.Mill
Answer:
(a) Jacob Viner

Question 10.
Terms of Trade of a country show ……………………….
(a) Ratio of goods exported and imported
(b) Ratio of import duties
(c) Ratio of prices of exports and imports
(d) Both (a) and (c)
Answer:
(c) Ratio of prices of exports and imports

Question 11.
Favourable trade means value of exports are ………………………. Than that of imports.
(a) More
(b) Less
(c) More or Less
(d) Not more than
Answer:
(a) More

Question 12.
If there is an imbalance in the trade balance (more imports than exports), it can be reduced by ……………………….
(a) Decreasing customs duties
(b) Increasing export duties
(c) Stimulating exports
(d) Stimulating imports
Answer:
(c) Stimulating exports

Question 13.
BOP includes ……………………….
(a) Visible items only
(b) Invisible items only
(c) Both visible and invisible items
(d) Merchandise trade only
Answer:
(c) Both visible and invisible items

Question 14.
Components of balance of payments of a country includes ……………………….
(a) Current account
(b) Official account
(c) Capital account
(d) All of above
Answer:
(d) All of above

Question 15.
In the case of BOT ……………………….
(a) Transactions of goods are recorded.
(b) Transactions of both goods and services are recorded.
(c) Both capital and financial accounts are included.
(d) All of these
Answer:
(a) Transactions of goods are recorded.

Question 16.
Tourism and travel are classified in which of balance of payments accounts?
(a) Merchandise trade account
(b) Services account
(c) Unilateral transfers account
(d) Capital account
Answer:
(b) Services account

Question 17.
Cyclical disequilibrium in BOP occurs because of ……………………….
(a) Different paths of business cycle.
(b) The income elasticity of demand or price elasticity of demand is different.
(c) Long – run changes in an economy
(d) Both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) Both (a) and (b)

Question 18.
Which of the following is not an example of foreign direct investment?
(a) The construction of a new auto assembly plant overseas
(b) The acquisition of an existing steel mill overseas
(c) The purchase of bonds or stock issued by a textile company overseas
(d) The creation of a wholly owned business firm overseas
Answer:
(c) The purchase of bonds or stock issued by a textile company overseas

Question 19.
Foreign direct investments not permitted in India ……………………….
(a) Banking
(b) Automic energy
(c) Pharmaceutical
(d) Insurance
Answer:
(b) Automic energy

Question 20.
Benefits of FDI include, theoretically ……………………….
(a) Boost in Economic Growth
(b) Increase in the import and export of goods and services
(c) Increased employment and skill levels
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions Each Question Carries 2 Marks.

Question 21.
What is International Economics?
Answer:

  1. International Economics is that branch of economics which is concerned with the exchange of goods and services between two or more countries. Hence the subject matter is mainly related to foreign trade.
  2. International Economics is a specialized field of Economics which deals with the economic interdependence among countries and studies the effects of such interdependence and the factors that affect it.

Question 22.
Define international trade?
Answer:
International Trade refers to the trade or exchange of goods and services between two or more countries. In other words, it is a trade among different countries or trade across political boundaries. It is also called as ‘external trade’ or ‘foreign trade’ or ‘inter-regional trade’.

Question 23.
State any two merits of trade?
Answer:

  1. Trade is one of the powerful forces of economic integration.
  2. The term ‘trade’ means exchange of goods, wares or merchandise among people.

Question 24.
What is the main difference between Adam Smith and Ricardo with regard to the emergence of foreign trade?
Answer:
Adam Smith Foreign Trade:

  1. According to Adam Smith the basis of International trade was absolute cost advantage.
  2. Trade between two countries would be mutually beneficial when one country produces a commodity at an absolute cost advantage.
  3. Adam Smith argued that all nations can be benefitted when there is free trade and specialisation interms of their absolute cost advantage.

Ricardo Foreign Trade:

  1. Ricardo demonstrates that the basis of trade is the comparative cost difference.
  2. Trade can take place even if the absolute cost difference is absent but there is comparative cost difference.
  3. According to Ricardo a country can gain from trade when it produces at relatively lower costs.

Question 25.
Define Terms of Trade?
Answer:
Terms of Trade:

  1. The gains from international trade depend upon the terms of trade which refers to the ratio of export prices to import prices.
  2. It is the rate at which the goods of one country are exchanged for goods of another country’.
  3. It is expressed as the relation between export prices and import prices.
  4. Terms of trade improves when average price of exports is higher than average price of imports.

Question 26.
What do you mean by balance of payments?
Answer:
Balance of Payments (BOP):

1. BoP is a systematic record of a country’s economic and financial transactions with the rest of the world over a period of time.

2. When a payment is received from a foreign country, it is a credit transaction while a payment to a foreign country is a debit transaction.

3. The principal items shown on the credit side are exports of goods and services, transfer receipts in the form of gift etc., from foreigners, borrowing from abroad, foreign direct investment and official sale of reserve assets including gold to foreign countries and international agencies.

4. The principal items on the debit side include imports of goods and serv ices, transfer payments to foreigners, lending to foreign countries, investments by residents in foreign countries and official purchase of reserve assets or gold from foreign countries and international agencies.

Question 27.
What is meant by Exchange Rate?
Meaning of Foreign Exchange (FOREX):

1. FOREX refers to foreign currencies. The mechanism through which payments are effected between two countries having different currency systems is called FOREX system. It covers methods of payment, rules and regulations of payment and the institutions facilitating such payments.

2. “FOREX is the system or process of converting one national currency into another, and of transferring money from one country to another”.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions Each Question Carries 3 Marks.

Question 28.
Describe the subject matter of International Economics?
Answer:
Subject Matter of International Economics:
The subject matter of International Economics includes large number of segments which are classified into the following parts.

1. Pure Theory of Trade:
This component explains the causes for foreign trade, composition, direction and volume of trade, determination of the terms of trade and exchange rate, issues related to balance of trade and balance of payments.

2. Policy Issues:
Under this part, policy issues such as free trade vs. protection, methods of regulating trade, capital and technology flows, use of taxation, subsidies and dumping, exchange control and convertibility, foreign aid, external borrowings and foreign direct investment, measures of correcting disequilibrium in the balance of payments etc are covered.

3. International Cartels and Trade Blocs:
This part deals with the economic integration in the form of international cartels, customs unions, monetary unions, trade blocs, economic unions and the like. It also discusses the operation of Multi National Corporations (MNCs).

4. International Financial and Trade Regulatory Institutions:
The financial institutions like International Monetary Fund IMF, IBRD, WTO etc which influence international economic transactions and relations shall also be the part of international economics.

Question 29.
Compare the Classical Theory of international trade with Modern Theory of International trade?
Answer:
Classical Theory of International Trade:

  1. The classical theory explains the phenomenon of international trade on the basis of labour theory of value.
  2. It presents a one factor (labour) model.
  3. It attributes the differences in the comparative costs to differences in the productive efficiency of workers in the two countries.

Modern Theory of International Trade:

  1. The modem theory explains the phenomenon of international trade on the basis of general theory of value.
  2. It presents a multi – factor (labour and capital) model.
  3. It attributes the differences in comparative costs to the differences in factor endowments in the two countries.

Question 30.
Explain the Net Barter Terms of Trade and Gross Barter Terms of Trade?
Answer:
1. Net Barter Terms of Trade:
This type was developed by Taussig in 1927.The ratio between the prices of exports and of imports is called the “net barter terms of trade’. It is named by Viner as the ‘commodity terms of trade’.
It is expressed as:
Tn = (P x /Pm ) × 100
Where,
Tn = Net Barter Terms of Trade
Px = Index number of export prices
Pm = Index number of import prices
This is used to measure the gain from international trade. If ‘Tn’ is greater than 100, then it is a favourable terms of trade which will mean that for a rupee of export, more of imports can be received by a country.

2. Gross Barter Terms of Trade:
This was developed by Taussig in 1927 as an improvement over the net terms of trade. It is an index of relationship between total physical quantity of imports and the total physical quantity of exports.
T = (Qm/Qx) × 100
Where,
Qm = Index of import quantities
Qx = Index of export quantities
If for a given quantity of export, more quantity of import can be consumed by a country, then one can say that terms of trade are favourable.

Question 31.
Distinguish between Balance of Trade and Balance of Payments?
Answer:
Balance of Trade:

  1. Balance of Trade refers to the total value of a country’s exports of commodities and total value of imports of commodities.
  2. Only export and import of commodities are included in the statement of Balance of Trade of a country.
  3. The Balance of Trade between the values of goods exchanged between two countries.
  4. Balance of Trade is a merchandise items or visible items only.

Balance of Payments:

  1. Balance of payments is a systematic record of a country’s economic and financial transactions with the rest of the world over a period of time.
  2. The principal items shown on the credit side are exports of goods and services, transfer receipts in the form of gift, etc.
  3. The Balance of payments between the values of goods and services changed between two countries.
  4. Balance of payments is a both visible and non – visible items.

Question 32.
What are import quotas?
Answer:
Import Control: Imports may be controlled by

  1. Imposing or enhancing import duties
  2. Restricting imports through import quotas
  3. Licensing and even prohibiting altogether the import of certain non-essential items. But this would encourage smuggling.

Question 33.
Write a brief note on flexible exchange rate?
Answer:
Flexible Exchange Rates: Under the flexible exchange rate (also known as floating exchange rate) system, exchange rates are freely determined in an open market by market forces of
demand and supply

Question 34.
State the objectives of Foreign Direct Investment.
Answer:
Objectives of FDI:
FDI has the following objectives.

  1. Sales Expansion
  2. Acquisition of resources
  3. Diversification
  4. Minimization of competitive risk.
    • FDI may help to increase the investment level and thereby the income and employment in the host country.
    • Direct foreign investment may facilitate transfer of technology to the recipient country.
    • FDI may also bring revenue to the government of host country when it taxes profits of foreign firms or gets royalties from concession agreements.
    • A part of profit from direct foreign investment may be ploughed back into the expansion, modernization or development of related industries.
    • It may kindle a managerial revolution in the recipient country through professional management and sophisticated management techniques.
    • Foreign capital may enable the country to increase its exports and reduce import requirements. And thereby ease BoP disequilibrium.
    • Foreign investment may also help increase competition and break domestic monopolies.
    • If FDI adds more value to output in the recipient country than the return on capital from foreign investment, then the social returns are greater than the private returns on foreign investment.
    • By bringing capital and foreign exchange FDI may help in filling the savings gap and the foreign exchange gap in order to achieve the goal of national economic development.
    • Foreign investments may stimulate domestic enterprise to invest in ancillary industries in collaboration with foreign enterprises.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions Each Question Carries 5 Marks.

Question 35.
Discuss the differences between Internal Trade and International Trade?
Answer:
Internal Trade:

  1. Trade takes place between different individuals and firms within the same nation.
  2. Labour and capital move freely from one region to another.
  3. There will be free flow of goods and services since there are no restrictions.
  4. There is only one common currency.
  5. The physical and geographical conditions of a country are more or less similar.
  6. Trade and financial regulations are more or less the same.
  7. There is no difference in political affiliations, customs and habits of the people and government policies.

International Trade:

  1. Trade takes place between different individuals and firms in different countries.
  2. Labour and capital do not move easily from one nation to another.
  3. Goods and services do not easily move from one country to another since there are a number of restrictions like tariff and quota.
  4. There are different currencies.
  5. There are differences in physical and geographical conditions of the two countries.
  6. Trade and financial regulations such as interest rate, trade laws differ between countries.
  7. Differences are pronounced in political affiliations, habits and customs of the people and government policies

Question 36.
Explain briefly the Comparative Cost Theory?
Answer:
Ricardo’s Theory of Comparative Cost Advantage:

1. David Ricardo, the British economist in his ‘Principles of Political Economy and Taxation’ published in 1817, formulated a systematic theory called ‘Comparative Cost Theory’.

2. Ricardo demonstrates that the basis of trade is the comparative cost difference. In other words, trade can take place even if the absolute cost difference is absent but there is comparative cost difference.

3. According to Ricardo, a country can gain from trade when it produces at relatively lower costs. Even when a country enjoys absolute advantage in both goods, the country would specialize in the production and export of those goods which are relatively more advantageous.

Assumptions:

  1. There are only two nations and two commodities (2 × 2 model)
  2. Labour is the only element of cost of production.
  3. All labourers are of equal efficiency.
  4. Labour is perfectly mobile within the country but perfectly immobile between countries, (v) Production is subject
  5. To the law of constant returns.
  6. Foreign trade is free from all barriers.
  7. No change in technology.
  8. No transport cost.
  9. Perfect competition.
  10. Full employment.
  11. No government intervention.

Illustration:
Ricardo’s theory of comparative cost can be explained with a hypothetical example of production costs of cloth and wheat in America and India.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics

It is evident from the example that India has an absolute advantage in production of both cloth and wheat.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics

However, India should concentrate on the production of wheat in which she enjoys a comparative cost advantage. (80/120 < 90/100). For America the comparative cost disadvantage is lesser in cloth production. Hence America will specialize in the production of cloth and export it to India in exchange for wheat. (Any exchange ratio between 0.88 units and 1.2 units of cloth against one unit of wheat represents gain for both the nations).

With trade, India can get 1 unit of cloth and 1 unit of wheat by using its 160 labour units. In the absence of trade, for getting this benefit, India will have to use 170 units of labour. America also gains from this trade. With trade, America can get 1 unit of cloth and one unit of wheat by using its 200 units of labour. Otherwise, America will have to use 220 units of labour for getting 1 unit of cloth and 1 unit of wheat.

Question 37.
Discuss the Modern Theory of International Trade?
Answer:
Modern Theory of International Trade:
Introduction:
The modem theory of international trade was developed by Swedish economist Eli Heckscher and his student Bertil Ohlin in 1919. This model was based on the Ricardian theory of international trade. This theory says that the basis for international trade is the difference in factor endowments. It is otherwise called as ‘Factor Endowment Theory’.

The Theory:
The classical theory argued that the basis for foreign trade was comparative cost difference and it considered only labour factor. But the modem theory of international trade explains the causes for such comparative cost difference. This theory attributes international differences in comparative costs to:

  1. Difference in the endowments of factors of production between countries, and
  2. Differences in the factor proportions required in production.

Assumptions:

  1. There are two countries, two commodities and two factors. (2 × 2 × 2 model)
  2. Countries differ in factor endowments.
  3. Commodities are categorized in terms of factor intensity.
  4. Countries use same production technology.
  5. Countries have identical demand conditions.
  6. There is perfect competition in both product and factor markets in both the countries

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics

Explanation:
According to Heckscher – Ohlin, “a capital – abundant country will export the capital – intensive goods, while the labour-abundant country will export the labour – intensive goods”. A factor is regarded abundant or scare in relation to the quantum of other factors. A country can be regarded as richly endowed with capital only if the ratio of capital to other factors is higher than other countries

Illustration:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics
In the above example, even though India has more capital in absolute terms, America is more richly endowed with capital because the ratio of capital in India is 0.8 which is less than that in America where it is 1.25. The following diagram illustrates the pattern of word trade.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics

Limitations:

  1. Factor endowment of a country may change over time.
  2. The efficiency of the same factor (say labour) may differ in the two countries. For example, America may be labour scarce in terms of number of workers. But in terms of efficiency, the total labour may be larger.

Question 38.
Explain the types of Terms of Trade given by Viner?
Answer:
Terms of Trade related to the Interchange between Productive Resources:

1. The Single Factoral Terms of Trade:
Viner has devised another concept called “the single factoral terms of trade” as an improvement upon the commodity terms of trade. It represents the ratio of export – price index to the import – price index adjusted for changes in the productivity of a country’s factors in the production of exports. Symbolically, it can be stated as
Tf = (Px / Pm ) Fx
Where, Tf stands for single factoral terms of trade index. Fx stands for productivity in exports (which is measured as the index of cost in terms of quantity of factors of production used per unit of export).

2. Double Factoral Terms of Trade:
Viner constructed another index called “Double factoral terms of Trade”. It is expressed as
Tff = (Px / Pm )(Fx / Fm)
which takes into account the productivity in country’s exports, as well as the productivity of foreign factors.
Here, Fm represents import index (which is measured as the index of cost in terms of quantity of factors of production employed per unit of imports).

Question 39.
Bring out the components of balance of payments account?
Answer:
Components of BOPs:
The credit and debit items are shown vertically in the BOP account of a country. Horizontally, they are divided into three categories, i.e.

  1. The current account,
  2. The capital account and
  3. The official settlements account or official reserve assets account.

1. The Current Account:
It includes all international trade transactions of goods and services, international service transactions (i.e. tourism, transportation and royalty fees) and international unilateral transfers (i.e. gifts and foreign aid).

2. The Capital Account:
Financial transactions consisting of direct investment and purchases of interest-bearing financial instruments, non-interest bearing demand deposits and gold fall under the capital account.

3. The Official Reserve Assets Account:
Official reserve transactions consist of movements of international reserves by governments and dfficial agencies to accommodate imbalances arising from the current and capital accounts.

The official reserve assets of a country include its gold stock, holdings of its convertible foreign currencies and Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) and its net position in the International Monetary Fund (IMF).
Balance of payment (BOP) Account Chart
Credit (Receipts) – Debit (Payments) = Balance [Deficit (-), Surplus (+)]
Deficit if Debit > Credit

Question 40.
Discuss the various types of disequilibrium in the balance of payments?
Answer:
Types BOP Disequilibrium:
There are three main types of BOP Disequilibrium, which are discussed below.

  1. Cyclical Disequilibrium,
  2. Secular Disequilibrium,
  3. Structural Disequilibrium.

1. Cyclical Disequilibrium:
Cyclical disequilibrium occurs because of two reasons. First, two countries may be passing through different phases of business cycle. Secondly, the elasticities of demand may differ between countries.

2. Secular Disequilibrium:
The secular or long-run disequilibrium in BOP occurs because of long – run and deep seated changes in an economy as it advances from one stage of growth to another. In the initial stages of development, domestic investment exceeds domestic savings and imports exceed exports, as it happens in India since 1951.

3. Structural Disequilibrium:
Structural changes in the economy may also cause balance of payments disequilibrium. Such structural changes include development of alternative sources of supply, development of better substitutes, exhaustion of productive resources or changes in transport routes and costs.

Question 41.
How the Rate of Exchange is determined? Illustrate?
Answer:
Determinants of Exchange Rates:
Exchange rates are determined by numerous factors and they are related to the trading relationship between two countries.
Factors determining Exchange Rate:

  1. Differentials in Inflation
  2. Differential in Interest Rates
  3. Current Account Deficits
  4. Public Debt
  5. Terms of Trade
  6. Political and Economic Stability
  7. Recession
  8. Speculation

1. Differentials in Inflation:

  1. Inflation and exchange rates are inversely related.
  2. A country with a consistently lower inflation rate exhibits a rising currency value, as its purchasing power increases relative to other currencies.

2. Differentials in Interest Rates:

  1. There is a high degree of correlation between interest rates, inflation and exchange rates.
  2. Central banks can influence over both inflation and exchange rates by manipulating interest rates.
  3. Higher interest rates attract foreign capital and cause the exchange rate to rise and vice versa.

3. Current Account Deficits:

  1. A deficit in the current account implies excess of payments over receipts.
  2. The country resorts to borrowing capital from foreign sources to make up the deficit.
  3. Excess demand for foreign currency lowers a country’s exchange rate.

4. Public Debt:

  1. Large public debts are driving out foreign investors, because it leads to inflation.
  2. As a result, exchange rate will be lower.

5. Terms of Trade:

  1. A country’s terms of trade also determines the exchange rate.
  2. If the price of a country’s exports rises by a greater rate than that of its imports, its terms ‘ of trade will improve.
  3. Favorable terms of trade imply greater demand for the country’s exports and thus BoP becomes favorable.

6. Political and Economic Stability:
If a nation’s political climate is stable and economic performance is good, its currency value will be appreciated by attracting more foreign capital.

7. Recession:

  1. Interest rates are low during the recession phase.
  2. This will decrease inflow of foreign capital.
  3. As a result, a currency will be depreciated against other currencies, thereby lowering the exchange rate.

8. Speculation:

  1. If a country’s currency value is expected to rise, investors will demand more of that currency in order to make a profit in the near future.
  2. This results in appreciation of the exchange rate.
  3. Beside the above determinants, relative dominance in the global politics and the power to announce economic sanctions over other countries also determine exchange rates.

Question 42.
Explain the relationship between Foreign Direct Investment and economic development?
Answer:
Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) and Trade:

  1. FDI is an important factor in global economy.
  2. Foreign trade and FDI are closely related. In developing countries like India
  3. FDI in the natural resource sector, including plantations, increases trade volume.
  4. Foreign production by FDI is useful to substitute foreign trade.
  5. FDI is also influenced by the income generated from the trade and regional integration schemes.
  6. FDI is helpful to accelerate the economic growth by facilitating essential imports needed for carrying out development programmes like capital goods, technical know-how, raw materials and other inputs and even scarce consumer goods.
  7. FDI may be required to fill the trade gap.
  8. FDI is encouraged by the factors such as foreign exchange shortage, desire to create employment and acceleration of the pace of economic development.
  9. Many developing countries strongly prefer foreign investment to imports.
  10. However, the real impact of FDI on different sections of an economy.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics International Economics Addtional Questions and Answers

Part – I
Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
Foreign trade means ………………………..
(a) Trade between nations of the world
(b) Trade among different states
(c) Trade among two states
(d) Trade with one nation
Answer:
(a) Trade between nations of the world

Question 2.
Balance of Trade means
(a) Import and export of invisible items only
(b) Import and export of both visible and invisible items
(c) Import of visible items only
(d) Import and export of visible items only
Answer:
(d) Import and export of visible items only

Question 3.
International trade is regulated at present by ………………………..
(a) IBRD
(b) WTO
(c) OMF
(d) GATT
Answer:
(b) WTO

Question 4.
The exports of India are broadly classified into ……………………….. categories.
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(c) Four

Question 5.
The New Export – Import policy gives a further push to ………………………..
(a) Liberalisation
(b) Mixed system
(c) Capitalism
(d) Socialism
Answer:
(a) Liberalisation

Question 6.
The World Trade organisation is a ………………………..
(a) Promote of private foreign investment
(b) Promoter of International monetary co-operation
(c) Lateral trade agreement
(d) New trade body to settle trade disputes between nations
Answer:
(d) New trade body to settle trade disputes between nations

Question 7.
To promote ……………………….. stability is one of the aims of IMF.
(a) Exchange
(b) Money
(c) Investment
(d) Finance
Answer:
(a) Exchange

Question 8.
The New Export Import policy was implemented in ………………………..
(a) 1990 – 1995
(b) 1991 – 1996
(c) 1992 – 1997
(d) 1993 – 1998
Answer:
(c) 1992 – 1997

Question 9.
The role of WTO is to regulate trade among the nations of the ………………………..
(a) Trade
(b) Organisation
(c) World
(d) Regulation
Answer:
(c) World

Question 10.
The WTO was setup in the year ………………………..
(a) 1995
(b)1885
(c) 1875
(d) 1865
Answer:
(a) 1995

Question 11.
……………………….. means value of imports is in excess of the value exports.
(a) Balance of Trade
(b) Unfavourable balance of trade
(c) Favourable balance of trade
(d) Export trade
Answer:
(b) Unfavourable balance of trade

Question 12.
……………………….. items means the imports and exports of services and other foreign transfer transactions.
(a) Invisible
(b) Visible
(c) Exports
(d) Imports
Answer:
(a) Invisible

Question 13.
Foreign trade increases worker’s welfare atleast ……………………….. ways.
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(c) Four

Question 14.
……………………….. trade refers to the trade or exchange of goods and services between two or more countries.
(a) Internal
(b) External
(c) International
(d) Domestic
Answer:
(c) International

Question 15.
If trade is done on large scale it is called ………………………..
(a) Whole sale trade
(b) State trade
(c) Central trade
(d) World trade
Answer:
(a) Whole sale trade

Question 16.
The relationship between value of exports and value of imports is known as ………………………..
(a) EXIM
(b) Foreign exchange
(c) Trade
(d) Terms of trade
Answer:
(d) Terms of trade

Question 17.
If the value of exports is greater than value of imports then it is known as ……………………….. terms of trade.
(a) Unfavourable
(b) Favourable
(c) Moderate
(d) Low
Answer:
(b) Favourable

Question 18.
Imports of India may be divided into ……………………….. parts.
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(b) Three

Question 19.
……………………….. means imports and exports of commodities.
(a) EXIM
(b) Visible items
(c) Non visible items
(d) Foreign exchange
Answer:
(b) Visible items

Question 20.
……………………….. means exports and imports may be exactly equal.
(a) Balance of trade
(b) Balance of payments
(c) Balanced balance of Trade
(d) Balanced balance of payments
Answer:
(c) Balanced balance of Trade

Question 21.
A special branch of Economics which primarily deals with the basics of ……………………….. trade.
(a) Internal
(b) External
(c) International
(d) Foreign trade
Answer:
(c) International

Question 22.
FDI objective is called ………………………..
(a) Sales expansion
(b) Export expansion
(c) Import expansion
(d) EXIM expansion
Answer:
(a) Sales expansion

Question 23.
The currency of another country is called ………………………..
(a) Money transfer
(b) Money exchange
(c) Foreign exchange
(d) Foreign transfer
Answer:
(c) Foreign exchange

Question 24.
Abundance in the availability of a factor in a country is called ………………………..
(a) Endowment policy
(b) Comparative cost
(c) Absolute cost
(d) Factor Endowment
Answer:
(d) Factor Endowment

Question 25.
Foreign Investment mostly takes the form of ………………………..
(a) Indirect investment
(b) Direct investment
(c) IMF investment
(d) World bank investment
Answer:
(b) Direct investment

II. Match the following and choose the correct answer by using codes given below:

Question 1.
A. Internal Trade – (i) International trade
B. Modem Theory – (ii) Labour
C. Classical Theory – (iii) Geographical boundaries
D. Modem Theory – (iv) Eli Heckscher
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i )
(b) A (iii) B (i) C (ii) D (iv)
(c) A (iv) B (ii) C (i) D (iii)
(d) A (i) B (iv) C (iii) D (ii)
Answer:
(b) A (iii) B (i) C (ii) D (iv)

Question 2.
A. Export – (i) Disequillibrium
B. Secular – (ii) Surplus goods
C. Delibrate measure – (iii) Foreign loans
D. Monetary measures – (iv) Exchange control
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (i) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (i) B (ii) C (iv) D (iii)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (i) C (iii) D (iv)

Question 3.
A. Adam Smith – (i) Foreign Exchange
B. Eli Heckscher – (ii) Absolute cost advantage
C. Movement of goods – (iii) Modem theory of International trade
D. FOREX – (iv) Visible trade
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
(c) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
(d) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(b) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)

Question 4.
A. Term of trade – (i) Official reserve
B. FDI – (ii) Exchange rate
C. Gold stock – (iii) Income terms of trade
D. G.S; Dorrance – (iv) Global economy
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iv) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
(c) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)
(d) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)
Answer:
(c) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)

Question 5.
A. Net Barter Terms of Trade – (i) Tf = (Px / Pm)Fs
B. Gross Barter Terms of Trade – (ii) Tn = (Ps / Pm) × 100
C. Income Terms of Trade – (iii) Tg = (Qm / Qs) × 100
D. Single Factoral Terms of Trade – (iv) Ts = (Ps / Pm)Qs
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iv) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
(c) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
(d) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
Answer:
(d) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)

III. State whether the statements are true or false.

Question 1.
(i) Trade is one of the powerful forces of economic integration.
(ii) Price of a commodity is measured by the amount of labour required to produce it.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 2.
(i) International Economics is a specialized field of economics.
(ii) Inflation and exchange rates are direct relationship.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is false but (ii) is true
(d) (i) is true but (ii) is false .
Answer:
(d) (i) is true but (ii) is false.

Question 3.
(i) Movement of goods are called “Visible Trade”.
(ii) Only export and import of commodities are included in the statement of balance of trade of the country.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 4.
(i) The Income terms of trade was given by Taussig.
(ii) Gross Barter Terms of trade was developed by G.S. Dorrance.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are false

Question 5.
(i) Viner constructed another index called “Double Factoral terms of Trade”.
(ii) Viner has devised another concept called the “Single factoral terms of trade”.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are true

IV. Which of the following is correctly matched.

Question 1.
(a) David Ricardo – Factor Endowment Theory
(b) Eli Heckscher – British Economist
(c) Marshall – Swedish Economist
(d) Adam Smith – Theory of Absolute cost advantage
Answer:
(d) Adam Smith – Theory of Absolute cost advantage

Question 2.
(a) TN = (Px / Pm) x 100 – Net Barter Term of Trade
(b) T = (Qm / Qx) x 100 – Income Terms of Trade
(c) Ty = (Px / Pm) Qx – Gross Barter Terms of Trade
(d) Tff = (Px / Pm)(Fx / Fm) – Single Factoral Terms of Trade
Answer:
(a) TN = (Px / Pm) x 100 – Net Barter Term of Trade

Question 3.
(a) SDR – Special Drawing Rights
(b) IMF – India Monetary Fund
(c) BOP – Balance of Price
(d) BOT – Balance of Technology
Answer:
(a) SDR – Special Drawing Rights

Question 4.
(a) NER – Normal Exchange Rate
(b) RER – Real Exchange Ratio
(c) NEER – Normal Effective Exchange Rate
(d) REER – Real Effective Exchange Rate
Answer:
(d) REER – Real Effective Exchange Rate

Question 5.
(a) FDI – Foreign Direct Investment
(b) FOREX – Foreign Export
(c) UDC – Under Development Consumption
(d) MNC – Multi National Country
Answer:
(a) FDI – Foreign Direct Investment

V. Which of the following is not correctly matched.

Question 1.
(a) P2 – Price level in India
(b) Pf – Price level in abroad (say VS)
(c) e – Nominal exchange rate is flexible
(d) Px – Price index of exports
Answer:
(c) e – Nominal exchange rate is flexible

Question 2.
(a) Internal Trade – Trade with in Nation
(b) External Trade – Trade between two countries
(c) Balance of Trade – Visible Trade
(d) Income Terms of Trade – Adam smith
Answer:
(d) Income Terms of Trade – Adam smith

Question 3.
(a) FOREX – Foreign Exchange
(b) WTO – World Trade Organisation
(c) FDI – Foreign Direct Investment
(d) IBRD – india Bank Recruitment Development
Answer:
(d) IBRD – india Bank Recruitment Development

Question 4.
(a) Cartels – Economic Integration
(b) Scarce factor – Imports
(c) Factor endowment theory – Ohlin and Ricardo
(d) Labour cost – Unrealistic
Answer:
(c) Factor endowment theory – Ohlin and Ricardo

Question 5.
(a) Intra – regional trade – Internal trade
(b) World Bank – IMF
(c) Types of Exchange Rate – Fixed exchange rate system
(d) Equillibrium Exchange Rate – David Ricardo
Answer:
(d) Equillibrium Exchange Rate – David Ricardo

VI. Pick the odd one out.

Question 1.
The major sectors benefied from FDi in India are ………………….
(a) Financial Sector
(b) Insurance
(c) Telecommunication
(d) Agriculture
Answer:
(d) Agriculture

Question 2.
Determinants of Exchange Rates
(a) Differentials in Inflation
(b) Differntials in Interest Rates
(c) Current Account Deficits
(d) Public people
Answer:
(d) Public people

Question 3.
Types of Exchange Rates
(a) REAL
(b) NEER
(c) Nominal exchange rate
(d) Real exchange rate
Answer:
(a) REAL

Question 4.
Export promotion is ………………….
(a) Reduction of duties
(b) Import Incentives
(c) Export subsidies
(d) Export Incentives
Answer:
(b) Import Incentives

Question 5.
Monetary measures is ………………………
(a) Monetary contraction
(b) Devaluation
(c) Tourism Development
(d) Exchange control
Answer:
(c) Tourism Development

VII. Assertion and Reason.

Question 1.
Assertion (A): David Ricardo was formulated as an explicit and precise theory.
Reason (R): David Ricardo developed the theory of absolute cost advantage.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 2.
Assertion (A): Gains from International trade.
Reason (R): International trade also known as domestic trade.
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 3.
Assertion (A): FDI is an Domestic Economy.
Reason (R): FDI is an Global Economy.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true

Question 4.
Assertion (A): Exchange control means the state intervention.
Reason (R): Exchange control means the forex market.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 5.
Assertion (A): Price of a commodity is measured by the amount of labour required to produce it.
Reason (R): Trade is one of the Demerit.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 1.
Define “Domestic Trade”?
Answer:

  1. It refers to the exchange of goods and services within the political and geographical boundaries of a nation.
  2. It is a trade within a country.
  3. This is also known as ‘domestic trade’ or ‘home trade’ or ‘intra-regional trade’.

Question 2.
State Ricardo’s Theory of comparative cost advantage criticisms?
Answer:
Criticisms:

  1. Labour cost is a small portion of the total cost. Hence, theory based on labour cost is unrealistic.
  2. Labourers in different countries are not equal in efficiency.

Question 3.
Write Factor endowment model?
Answer:
Factor endowment model:

  1. Developed by Heckscher and Ohlin
  2. Countries with a relative factor abundance can specialise and trade
  3. Abundance of skilled labour → specialisation → export → exchange for goods are services produced by countries with abundance of unskilled labour
  4. Exports embody the abundant factor
  5. Imports embody the scarce factor

Question 4.
Write Modern Theory of International Trade differences in comparative costs?
Answer:
Modem Theory of International Trade theory attributes international differences in comparative costs to:

  1. Difference in the endowments of factors of production between countries, and
  2. Differences in the factor proportions required in production.

Question 5.
Write Modern Theory of International Trade Limitations?
Answer:
Limitations:

  1. Factor endowment of a country may change over time.
  2. The efficiency of the same factor (say labour) may differ in the two countries. For example, America may be labour scarce in terms of number of workers. But in terms of efficiency, the total labour may be larger.

Question 6.
Define “Visible Trade”?
Answer:
Visible Trade:
Only export and import of commodities are included in the statement of Balance of Trade of a country. Movements of goods (export and imports of commodities) are also known as ‘visible trade’,

Question 7.
Define “Balance of Payments Disequillibrium”?
Answer:
Balance of Payments Disequilibrium:
The BoP is said to be balanced when the receipts (R) and payments (P) are just equal, i.e.,
R / P = 1
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics

Question 8.
Write favourable and unfavourable balance of payments and equations?
Answer:
Favourable BoP:
When receipts exceed payments, the BoP is said to be favourable. That is,
R / P > 1.

Unfavourable BOP:
When receipts are less than payments, the BoP is said to be unfavourable or adverse. That is,
R / P < 1.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 1.
Write Adam Smith’s theory of Absolute Cost Advantage Assumptions?
Answer:
Assumptions:

  1. There are two countries and two commodities (2 x 2 model).
  2. Labour is the only factor of production.
  3. Labour units are homogeneous.
  4. The cost or price of a commodity is measured by the amount of labour required to produce it.
  5. There is no transport cost.

Question 2.
Write Ricardo’s Theory of Comparative Cost Advantage Assumptions/
Answer:
Assumptions:

  1. There are only two nations and two commodities (2 × 2 model)
  2. Labour is the only element of cost of production.
  3. All labourer s are of equal efficiency.
  4. Labour is perfectly mobile within the country but perfectly immobile between countries.
  5. Production is subject to the law of constant returns.
  6. Foreign trade is free from all barriers.
  7. No change in technology.
  8. No transport cost.
  9. Perfect competition.
  10. Full employment.
  11. No government intervention.

Question 3.
What are International Specialization gains?
Answer:
International specialization offers the following gains.

  1. Better utilization of resources.
  2. Concentration in the production of goods in which it has a comparative advantage.
  3. Saving in time.
  4. Perfection of skills in production.
  5. Improvement in the techniques of production.
  6. Increased production.
  7. Higher standard of living in the trading countries.

Question 4.
Write favourable and unfavourable balance of Trade?
Answer:
Favourable BOT:
When the total value of commodity exports of a country exceeds the total value of commodity imports of that country, it is said that the country has a ‘favourable’ balance of trade.

Unfavourable BOT:
If total value of commodity exports of a country is less than the total . value of commodity imports of that country, that country is said to have an ‘unfavourable’ balance of trade.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In About A page.

Question 1.
Explain the Adam Smith’s Theory of Absolute Cost Advantage Theory and Assumptions with diagram?
Answer:
Adam Smith’s Theory of Absolute Cost Advantage:
Adam Smith argued that all nations can be benefitted when there is free trade and specialisation in terms of their absolute cost advantage.

The Theory:

1. According to Adam Smith, the basis of international trade was absolute cost advantage.

2. Trade between two countries would be mutually beneficial when one country produces a commodity at an absolute cost advantage over the other country which in turn produces another commodity at an absolute cost advantage over the first country.

Assumptions:

  1. There are two countries and two commodities (2 × 2 model).
  2. Labour is the only factor of production.
  3. Labour units are homogeneous.
  4. The cost or price of a commodity is measured by the amount of labour required to produce it.
  5. There is no transport cost.

Illustration:

Absolute cost advantage theory can be illustrated with the help of the following example.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics

  1. From the illustration, it is clear that India has an absolute advantage in the production of wheat over China and China has an absolute advantage in the production of cloth over India.
  2. Therefore, India should specialize in the production of wheat and import cloth from China.
  3. China should specialize in the production of cloth and import wheat from India.
  4. This kind of trade would be mutually beneficial to both India and China.

Question 2.
Briefly explain the gains from International Trade Categories?
Answer:
Gains from International Trade:

  1. International trade helps a country to export its surplus goods to other countries and secure a better market for it.
  2. Similarly, international trade helps a country to import the goods which cannot be produced at all or can be produced at a higher cost.
  3. The gains from international trade may be categorized under four heads.

I. Efficient Production:

  1. International trade enables each participatory country to specialize in the production of goods in which it has absolute or comparative advantages.
  2. International specialization offers the following gains.
    1. Better utilization of resources.
    2. Concentration in the production of goods in which it has a comparative advantage.
    3. Saving in time.
    4. Perfection of skills in production.
    5. Improvement in the techniques of production.
    6. Increased production.
    7. Higher standard of living in the trading countries.

II. Equalization of Prices between Countries:
International trade may help to equalize prices in all the trading countries.

  1. Prices of goods are equalized between the countries (However, in reality it has not happened).
  2. The difference is only with regard to the cost of transportation.
  3. Prices of factors of production are also equalized (However, in reality it has not happened).

III. Equitable Distribution of Scarce Materials:
International trade may help the trading countries to have equitable distribution of scarce resources.

IV. General Advantages of International Trade:

  1. Availability of variety of goods for consumption.
  2. Generation of more employment opportunities.
  3. Industrialization of backward nations.
  4. Improvement in relationship among countries (However, in reality it has not happened).
  5. Division of labour and specialisation.
  6. Expansion in transport facilities.

Question 3.
Describe the Types of Terms of Trades?
Answer:
Types of Terms of Trade:
The different concepts of terms of trade were classified by Gerald M.Meier into the following three categories:
Terms of Trade related to the Ratio of Exchange between Commodities:

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics

1. Net Barter Terms of Trade:

  1. This type was developed by Taussig in 1927.
  2. The ratio between the prices of exports and of imports is called the “net barter terms of trade’.
  3. It is named by Viner as the ‘commodity terms of trade’.

It is expressed as:
Tn = (Px / Pm ) × 100
Where,
Tn = Net Barter Terms of Trade
Px = Index number of export prices
Pm = Index number of import prices
This is used to measure the gain from international trade.
If ‘Tn’ is greater than 100, then it is a favourable terms of trade which will mean that for a rupee of export, more of imports can be received by a country.

2. Gross Barter Terms of Trade:

  1. This was developed by Taussig in 1927 as an improvement over the net terms of trade.
  2. It is an index of relationship between total physical quantity of imports and the total physical quantity of exports.

T = (Qm / Qx) × 100 Where,
Qm = Index of import quantities .
Qx = Index of export quantities
If for a given quantity of export, more quantity of import can be consumed by a country, then one can say that terms of trade are favourable.

3. Income Terms of Trade:

  1. The income terms of trade was given by G.S.Dorrance in 1948.
  2. It is the index of the value of exports divided by the price index for imports multiplied by quantity index of experts.
  3. In other words, it is the net barter terms of trade of a country multiplied by its exports – volume index.

T = (Px / Pm) Q
Where,
Px = Price index of exports
Pm = Price index of imports
Qx = Quantity index of exports

Question 4.
Briefly explain causes for Balance of payments disequillibrium?
Answer:
Causes for BoP Disequilibrium:
The following are the major causes producing disequilibrium in the balance of payments of a country.

(I) Cyclical Fluctuation:

  1. Cyclical disequilibrium in different countries is caused by their cyclical fluctuations, their phases and magnitude.
  2. World trade shrinks during depression while trade flourishes during prosperity.

(II) Structural Changes:

  1. Structural disequilibrium is caused by the structural changes brought by huge development and investment programmes in the developing economies.
  2. Such economies may have high propensity to import for want of capital for rapid industrialization, while export may not be boosted up to that extent.

(III) Development Expenditure:

  1. Development disequilibrium is caused by rapid economic development which results in income and price effects.
  2. The less developed countries in the early stage of development are not self sufficient.
  3. Income, savings and investment are abysmally low.
  4. They depend upon developed countries for import of commodities, capital and technology.
  5. Export potential is low and import intensity is high.
  6. So the LDCs suffer from adverse BoP.

(IV) Consumerism:

  1. Balance of payments position of a country is adversely affected by a huge increase in consumption.
  2. This increases the need for imports and decreases the capacity to export.

(V) Demonstration Effect:

  1. Deficit in the balance of payments of developing countries is also caused by demonstration effect which influences the people in UDCs to imitate western styled goods.
  2. This will raise the propensity to import causing adverse balance of payments.
  3. This is good for the developed countries.

(VI) Borrowing:

  1. International borrowing and investment may cause a deficit in the balance of payments.
  2. When the international borrowing is heavy, a country’s balance of payments will be adverse since it repays loans with interest.
  3. Servicing of debt is a huge burden. That is why the UDCs are forced to borrow more, (viz) Technological Backwardness:
  4. Due to technological backwardness, the people (Indians) are unable to use the energy (Solar) available with them.
  5. As a result they import huge petroleum products from foreign countries, increasing the trade deficit.

(VII) Technological Backwardness:

  1. Due to technological backwardness, the people (Indians) are unable to use the energy (Solar) available with them.
  2. As a result they import huge petroleum products from foreign countries, increasing the trade deficit.

(VIII) Global Politics:

1. The rich countries (e.g. USA) need to sell their weapons to promote their economy and generate employment.

2. Hence, wars between countries (for example Iran and Irag, Pakistan and India) are stimulated In order to win the wars, the poor countries are forced to buy the weapons from weapon – rich countries, using their export earnings and creating trade deficit.

3. Thus UDCs are trapped forever.

Share this Tamilnadu State Board 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 7 International Economics Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the grammar issues in exams. Keep visiting this site frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 9 Fiscal Economics

Students of 12th can get the pdf links of Tamilnadu State Board Economics Solutions here. You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Book Solutions Chapter 9 Fiscal Economics Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 9 Fiscal Economics

It is very important to put the textbook aside while preparing for the exams. So, if you follow Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Chapter 9 Fiscal Economics Questions and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Fiscal Economics Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – A
Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
The modem state is ……………………..
(a) Laissez – faire state
(b) Aristocratic state
(c) Welfare state
(d) Police state
Answer:
(c) Welfare state

Question 2.
One of the following is NOT a feature of private finance.
(a) Balancing of income and expenditure
(b) Secrecy
(c) Saving some part of income
(d) Publicity
Answer:
(d) Publicity

Question 3.
The tax possesses the following characteristics.
(a) Compulsory
(b) No quid pro quo
(c) Failure to pay is offence
(d) All the above
Answer:
(d) All the above

Question 4.
Which of the following canons of taxation was not listed by Adam smith?
(a) Canon of equality
(b) Canon of certainty
(c) Canon of convenience
(d) Canon of simplicity
Answer:
(d) Canon of simplicity

Question 5.
Consider the following statements and identify the correct ones.
i. Central government does not have exclusive power to impose tax which is not mentioned in state or concurrent list.
ii. The Constitution also provides for transferring certain tax revenues from union list to states.
(a) i only
(b) ii only
(c) both
(d) none
Answer:
(b) ii only

Question 6.
GST is equivalence of ……………………..
(a) Sales tax
(b) Corporation tax
(c) Income tax
(d) Local tax
Answer:
(a) Sales tax

Question 7.
The direct tax has the following merits except
(a) equity
(b) convenient
(c) certainty
(d) civic consciousness
Answer:
(b) convenient

Question 8.
Which of the following is a direct tax?
(a) Excise duty
(b) Income tax
(c) Customs duty
(d) Service tax
Answer:
(b) Income tax

Question 9.
Which of the following is not a tax under Union list?
(a) Personal Income Tax
(b) Corporation Tax
(c) Agricultural Income Tax
(d) Excise duty
Answer:
(c) Agricultural Income Tax

Question 10.
“Revenue Receipts” of the Government do not include
(a) Interest
(b) Profits and dividents
(c) Recoveries and loans
(d) Rent from property
Answer:
(d) Rent from property

Question 11.
The difference between revenue expenditure and revenue receipts is
(a) Revenue deficit
(b) Fiscal deficit
(c) Budget deficit
(d) Primary deficit
Answer:
(a) Revenue deficit

Question 12.
The difference between total expenditure and total receipts including loans and other liabilities is called …………………………….
(a) Fiscal deficit
(b) Budget deficit
(c) Primary deficit
(d) Revenue deficit
Answer:
(a) Fiscal deficit

Question 13.
The primary purpose of deficit financing is
(a) Economic development
(b) Economic stability
(c) Economic equality
(d) Employment generation
Answer:
(a) Economic development

Question 14.
Deficit budget means
(a) An excess of government’s revenue over expenditure
(b) An excess of government’s current expenditure over its current revenue
(c) An excess of government’s total expenditure over its total revenue
(d) None of above
Answer:
(c) An excess of government’s total expenditure over its total revenue

Question 15.
Methods of repayment of public debt is
(a) Conversion
(b) Sinking fund
(c) Funded debt
(d) All these
Answer:
(d) All these

Question 16.
Conversion of public debt means exchange of ……………………………
(a) New bonds for the old ones
(b) Low interest bonds for higher interest bonds
(c) Long term bonds for short term bonds
(d) All the above
Answer:
(b) Low interest bonds for higher interest bonds

Question 17.
The word budget has been derived from the French word “bougette” which means
(a) A small bag
(b) An empty box
(c) A box with papers
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) A small bag

Question 18.
Which one of the following deficits does not consider borrowing as a receipt?
(a) Revenue deficit
(b) Budgetary deficit
(c) Fiscal deficit
(d) Primary deficit
Answer:
(c) Fiscal deficit

Question 19.
Finance Commission determines
(a) The finances of Government of India
(b) The resources transfer to the states
(c) The resources transfer to the various departments
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) The resources transfer to the states

Question 20.
Consider the following statements and identify the right ones.
i. The finance commission is appointed by the President
ii. The tenure of Finance commission is five years

(a) i only
(b) ii only
(c) Both
(d) None
Answer:
(c) Both

Part – B
Two Mark Questions.

Question 21.
Define public finance?
Answer:
“Public finance is one of those subjects that lie on the border line between Economics and Politics. It is concerned with income and expenditure of public authorities and with the adjustment of one to the other”. – Huge Dalton “Public finance is an investigation into the nature and principles of the state revenue and expenditure”. – Adam Smith

Question 22.
What is public revenue?
Answer:
Public Revenue:
Public revenue deals with the methods of raising public revenue such as tax and non-tax, the principles of taxation, rates of taxation, impact, incidence and shifting of taxes and their effects.

Question 23.
Differentiate tax and fee?
Answer:
Tax:

  • A tax is a compulsory payment made to the government.
  • People on whom a tax is imposed must pay the tax.
  • There is no quid pro quo between a taxpayer and public authorities. This means that the tax payer cannot claim any specific benefit against the payment of a tax.

Fee:

  • Fees are another important source of revenue for the government.
  • A fee is charged by public authorities for rendering a service to the citizens.
  • The government provides certain services and charges certain fees for them. For example, fees are charged for issuing of passports, driving licenses, etc.

Question 24.
Write a short note on zero based budget/
Answer:
Zero Base Budget:
1. The Government of India presented Zero-Base-Budgeting (ZBB first) in 1987-88.

2. It involves fresh evaluation of expenditure in the Government budget, assuming it as a new item.

3. The review has been made to provide justification or otherwise for the project as a whole in the light of the socio economic objectives which have been already set up for this project and as well as in view of the priorities of the society.

Question 25.
Give two examples for direct tax?
Answer:
Equity:
Direct taxes are progressive i.e. rate of tax varies according to tax base. For example, income tax satisfies the canon of equity.

Certainity:
Canon of certainty can be ensured by direct taxes. For example, an income tax payer knows when and at what rate he has to pay income tax.

Question 26.
What are the components of GST?
Answer:
Components of GST:
The component of GST are of 3 types. They are: CGST, SGST & IGST.

  1. CGST: Collected by the Central Government on an intra – state sale (e.g. Within state/ union territory)
  2. SGST: Collected by the State Government on an intra – state sale {e.g. Within state/ union territory)
  3. IGST: Collected by the Central Government for inter – state sale {e.g. Maharashtra to Tamil Nadu)

Question 27.
What do you mean by public debt?
Answer:

  1. The state has to supplement the traditional revenue sources with borrowing from individuals, and institutions within and outside the country.
  2. The amount of borrowing is huge in the under developed countries to finance development activities.
  3. The debt burden is a big problem and most of the countries are in debt trap.

Part – C
Three Mark Questions.

Question 28.
Describe canons of Taxation?
Answer:
According to Adam Smith, there are four canons or maxims of taxation. They are as follows:
Canons of Taxation:

  1. Economical
  2. Equitable
  3. Convenient
  4. Certain
  5. (Efficient and Flexible)

1. Canon of Ability:

  1. The Government should impose tax in such a way that the people have to pay taxes according to their ability.
  2. In such case a rich person should pay more tax compared to a middle class person or a poor person.

2. Canon of Certainty:

  1. The Government must ensure that there is no uncertainty regarding the rate of tax or the time of payment.
  2. If the Government collects taxes arbitrarily, then these will adversely affect the efficiency of the people and their working ability too.

3. Canon of Convenience:

  1. The method of tax collection and the timing of the tax payment should suit the convenience of the people.
  2. The Government should make convenient arrangement for all the tax payers to pay the taxes without difficulty.

4. Canon of Economy:

  1. The Government has to spend money for collecting taxes, for example, salaries are given to the persons who are responsible for collecting taxes.
  2. The taxes, where collection costs are more are considered as bad taxes.
  3. Hence, according to Smith, the Government should impose only those taxes whose collection costs are very less and cheap.

Question 29.
Mention any three similarities between public finance and private finance?
Answer:
Similarities:
1. Rationality:

  1. Both public finance and private finance are based on rationality.
  2. Maximization of welfare and least cost factor combination underlie both.

2. Limit to borrowing:

  1. Both have to apply restraint with regard to borrowing.
  2. The Government also cannot live beyond its means.
  3. There is a limit to deficit financing by the state also.

3. Resource utilisation:

  1. Both the private and public sectors have limited resources at their disposal.
  2. So both attempt to make optimum use of resources.

Question 30.
What are the functions of a modern state?
Answer:
Functions of Modern State:

1. The modem state is a welfare state and not just police state.

2. The state assumes greater roles by creating economic and social overheads, ensuring stability both internally and externally, conserving resources for sustainable development and so on.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 9 Fiscal Economics

(I) Defence:
The primary function of the Government is to protect the people from external aggression and internal disorder.
The government has to maintain adequate police and military forces and render protective services.

(II) Judiciary:
Rendering justice and settlement of disputes are the concern of the government.
It should provide adequate judicial structure to render justice to all classes of citizens.

(III) Enterprises:
The regulation and control of private enterprise fall under the purview of the modem State. Ownership of certain enterprises and operating them successfully are the responsibilities of the government.

(IV) Social Welfare:
It is the duty of the state to make provisions for education, social security, social insurance, health and sanitation for the betterment of the people in the country.

(V) Infrastructure:
Modem States have to build the base for the economic development of the country by creating social and economic infrastructure.

(VI) Macro – economic policy:
The Government has to administer fiscal policy and monetary policy to achieve macro¬economic goals.

(VII) Social Justice:
During the process of growth of an economy, certain sections of the society gain at the cost of others.
The Government needs to intervene with fiscal measures to redistribute income.

(VIII) Control of Monopoly:

  1. Concentration of economic power is another evil to be corrected by the Government.
  2. So, the state intervenes through control of monopolies and restrictive trade practices to curb concentration of economic power.

Question 31.
State any three characteristics of taxation?
Answer:
Characteristics of Tax:
1. A tax is a compulsory payment made to the government. People on whom a tax is imposed must pay the tax. Refusal to pay the tax is a punishable offence.

2. There is no quid pro quo between a taxpayer and public authorities. This means that the tax payer cannot claim any specific benefit against the payment of a tax.

3. Every tax involves some sacrifice on part of the tax payer.

4. A tax is not levied as a fine or penalty for breaking law.

Question 32.
Point out any three differences between direct tax and indirect tax?
Answer:
Direct Tax:

  1. Progressive
  2. Falls on the same person.
  3. Cannot be shifted.

Indirect Tax:

  1. Regressive
  2. Falls on different persons.
  3. Can be shifted

Question 33.
What is primary deficit?
Answer:
Primary Deficit:

  1. Primary deficit is equal to fiscal deficit minus interest payments.
  2. It shows the real burden of the government and it does not include the interest burden on loans taken in the past.
  3. Thus, primary deficit reflects borrowing requirement of the government exclusive of interest payments.
    Primary Deficit (PD) = Fiscal deficit (PD) – Interest Payment (IP)

Question 34.
Mention any three methods of redemption of public debt?
Answer:
Methods of Redemption of Public Debt:
The process of repaying a public debt is called redemption. The Government sells securities to the public and at the time of maturity, the person who holds the security surrenders it to the Government. The following methods are adopted for debt redemption.

(I) Sinking Fund:

  1. Under this method, the Government establishes a separate fund known as “Sinking Fund”.
  2. The Government credits every year a fixed amount of money to this fund.
  3. By the time the debt matures, the fund accumulates enough amount to pay off the principal along with interest.
  4. This method was first introduced in England by Walpol.

(II) Conversion:

  1. Conversion of loans is another method of redemption of public debt.
  2. It means that an old loan is converted into a new loan.
  3. Under this system’a high interest public debt is converted into a low interest public debt.
  4. Dalton felt that debt conversion actually relaxes the debt burden.

(III) Budgetary Surplus:

  1. When the Government presents surplus budget, it can be utilised for repaying the debt.
  2. Surplus occurs when public revenue exceeds the public expenditure.
  3. However, this method is rarely possible.

Part – D
Five Mark Questions.

Question 35.
Explain the scope of public finance?
Answer:
Scope of Public Finance:
The subject ‘Public Finance’ includes five major sub-divisions, viz., Public Revenue, Public Expenditure, Public Debt, Financial Administration and Fiscal Policy.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 9 Fiscal Economics

(I) Public Revenue:
Public revenue deals with the methods of raising public revenue such as tax and non-tax, the principles of taxation, rates of taxation, impact, incidence and shifting of taxes and their effects.

(II) Public Expenditure:
This part studies the fundamental principles that govern the Government expenditure, effects of public expenditure and control of public expenditure.

(III) Public Debt:

  1. Public debt deals with the methods of raising loans from internal and external sources.
  2. The burden, effects and redemption of public debt fall under this head.

(IV) Financial Administration:

  1. This part deals with the study of the different aspects of public budget.
  2. The budget is the Annual master financial plan of the Government.
  3. The various objectives and steps in preparing a public budget, passing or sanctioning, allocation evaluation and auditing fall within financial administration.

(V) Fiscal Policy:
Taxes, subsidies, public debt and public expenditure are the instruments of fiscal policy.

Question 36.
Bring out the merits of indirect taxes over direct taxes?
Answer:
Merits of Direct Taxes:
(I) Equity:

  1. Direct taxes are progressive i.e. rate of tax varies according to tax base.
  2. For example, income tax satisfies the canon of equity.

(II) Certainity:

  1. Canon of certainty can be ensured by direct taxes.
  2. For example, an income tax payer knows when and at what rate he has to pay income tax.

(III) Elasticity:

  1. Direct taxes also satisfy the canon of elasticity.
  2. Income tax is income elastic in nature. As income level increases, the tax revenue to the Government also increases automatically.

(IV) Economy:

  1. The cost of collection of direct taxes is relatively low.
  2. The tax payers pay the tax directly to the state.

Merits of Indirect Taxes:

(I) Wider Coverage:

  1. All the consumers, whether they are rich or poor, have to pay indirect taxes.
  2. For this reason, it is said that indirect taxes can cover more people than direct taxes.
  3. For example, in India everybody pays indirect tax as against just 2 percent paying income tax.

(I) Equitable:
The indirect tax satisfies the canon of equity when higher tax is imposed on luxuries used by rich people.

(II) Economical:

  1. Cost of collection is less as producers and retailers collect tax and pay to the Government.
  2. The traders act as honorary tax collectors.

(IV) Checks harmful consumption:

  1. The Government imposes indirect taxes on those commodities which are harmful to health
  2. e.g. tobacco, liquor etc.
  3. They are known as sin taxes.

(V) Convenient:

  1. Indirect taxes are levied on commodities and services.
  2. Whenever consumers make purchase, they pay tax along with the price.
  3. They do not feel the pinch of paying tax.

Question 37.
Explain the methods of debt redemption?
Answer:
Methods of Redemption of Public Debt:
The process of repaying a public debt is called redemption. The Government sells securities to the public and at the time of maturity, the person who holds the security surrenders it to the Government. The following methods are adopted for debt redemption.

(I) Sinking Fund:

  1. Under this method, the Government establishes a separate fund known as “Sinking Fund”.
  2. The Government credits every year a fixed amount of money to this fund.
  3. By the time the debt matures, the fund accumulates enough amount to pay off the principal along with interest.
  4. This method was first introduced in England by Walpol.

(II) Conversion:

  1. Conversion of loans is another method of redemption of public debt.
  2. It means that an old loan is converted into a new loan.
  3. Under this system a high interest public debt is converted into a low interest public debt.
  4. Dalton felt that debt conversion actually relaxes the debt burden.

(III) Budgetary Surplus:

  1. When the Government presents surplus budget, it can be utilised for repaying the debt.
  2. Surplus occurs when public revenue exceeds the public expenditure.
  3. However, this method is rarely possible.

(IV) Terminal Annuity:

  1. In this method, Government pays off the public debt on the basis of terminal annuity in equal annual instalments.
  2. This is the easiest way of paying off the public debt.

(V) Repudiation:

  1. It is the easiest way for the Government to get rid of the burden of payment of a loan.
  2. In such cases, the Government does not recognise its obligation to repay the loan.
  3. It is certainly not paying off a loan but destroying it.
  4. However, in normal case the Government does not do so; if done it will lose its credibility, (vz) Reduction in Rate of Interest:
  5. Another method of debt redemption is the compulsory reduction in the rate of interest, during the time of financial crisis.

(VII) Capital Levy:

  1. When the Government imposes levy on the capital assets owned by an individual or any . institution, it is called capital levy.
  2. This levy is imposed on capital assets above a minimum limit on a progressive scale.
  3. The fund so collected can be used by the Government for paying off war time debt obligations.
  4. This is the most controversial method of debt repayment.

Question 38.
State and explain instruments of fiscal policy?
Answer:
Fiscal Instruments:
Fiscal Policy is implemented through fiscal instruments also called ‘fiscal tools’ or fiscal levers: Government expenditure, taxation and borrowing are the fiscal tools.
(I) Taxation:

  1. Taxes transfer income from the people to the Government.
  2. Taxes are either direct or indirect.
  3. An increase in tax reduces disposable income.
  4. So taxation should be raised to control inflation.
  5. During depression, taxes are to be reduced.

(II) Public Expenditure:

  1. Public expenditure raises wages and salaries of the employees and thereby the aggregate demand for goods and services.
  2. Hence public expenditure is raised to fight recession and reduced to control inflation.

(III) Public debt:

  1. When Government borrows by floating a loan, there is transfer of funds from the public to the Government.
  2. At the time of interest payment and repayment of public debt, funds are transferred from Government to public.

Question 39.
Explain the principles of federal finance?
Answer:
Principles of Federal Finance:
In the case of federal system of finance, the following main principles must be applied:

  1. Principle of Independence.
  2. Principle of Equity.
  3. Principle of Uniformity.
  4. Principle of Adequacy.
  5. Principle of Fiscal Access.
  6. Principle of Integration and coordination.
  7. Principle of Efficiency.
  8. Principle of Administrative Economy.
  9. Principle of Accountability.

1. Principle of Independence:
(i) Under the system of federal finance, a Government should be autonomous and free about the internal financial matters concerned.

(ii) It means each Government should have separate sources of revenue, authority to levy taxes, to borrow money and to meet the expenditure.

3. The Government should normally enjoy autonomy in fiscal matters.

2. Principle of Equity:
From the point of view of equity, the resources should be distributed among the different states so that each state receives a fair share of revenue.

3. Principle of Uniformity:
In a federal system, each state should contribute equal tax payments for federal finance.

4. Principle of Adequacy of Resources:

  1. The principle of adequacy means that the resources of each Government i.e. Central and State should be adequate to carry out its functions effectively.
  2. Here adequacy must be decided with reference to both current as well as future needs.
  3. Besides, the resources should be elastic in order to meet the growing needs and unforeseen expenditure like war, floods etc.

5. Principle of Fiscal Access:
(i) In a federal system, there should be possibility for the Central and State Governments to develop new source of revenue within their prescribed fields to meet the growing financial needs.

(ii) In nutshell, the resources should grow with the increase in the responsibilities of the . Government.

6. Principle of Integration and coordination:

  1. The financial system as a whole should be well integrated.
  2. There should be perfect coordination among different layers of the financial system of the country.
  3. Then only the federal system will survive.
  4. This should be done in such a way to promote the overall economic development of the country.

7. Principle of Efficiency:

  1. The financial system should be well organized and efficiently administered.
  2. Double taxation should be avoided.

8. Principle of Administrative Economy:

  1. Economy is the important criterion of any federal financial system.
  2. That is, the cost of collection should be at the minimum level and the major portion of revenue should be made available for the other expenditure outlays of the Governments.

9. Principle of Accountability:
Each Government should be accountable to its own legislature for its financial decisions i.e. the Central to the Parliament and the State to the Assembly.

Question 40.
Describe the various types of deficit in budget?
Answer:
The Indian Government budget, budget deficit is of four major types.

  1. Revenue Deficit
  2. Budget Deficit
  3. Fiscal Deficit, and
  4. Primary Deficit

(I) Revenue Deficit:
It refers to the excess of the government revenue expenditure over revenue receipts. It does not consider capital receipts and capital expenditure. Revenue deficit implies that the government is living beyond its means to conduct day-to-day operations.
Revenue Deficit (RD) = Total Revenue Expenditure (RE) – Total Revenue Receipts (RR) When RE – RR > 0

(II) Budget Deficit:
Budget deficit is the difference between total receipts and total expenditure (both revenue and capital)
Budget Deficit = Total Expenditure – Total Revenue

(III) Fiscal Deficit:
Fiscal deficit (FD) = Budget deficit + Government’s market borrowings and liabilities

(IV) Primary Deficit:
Primary deficit is equal to fiscal deficit minus interest payments. It shows the real burden of the government and it does not include the interest burden on loans taken in the past. Thus, primary deficit reflects borrowing requirement of the government exclusive of interest payments.
Primary Deficit (PD) = Fiscal deficit (PD) – Interest Payment (IP)

Question 41.
What are the reasons for the recent growth in public expenditure?
Answer:
Causes for the Increase in Government Expenditure:
The modem state is a welfare state. In a welfare state, the government has to perform several functions viz Social, economic and political. These activities are the cause for increasing public expenditure.

(I) Population Growth:
1. During the past 67 years of planning, the population of India has increased from 36.1 crore in 1951, to 121 crore in 2011.

2. The growth in population requires massive investment in health and education, law and order, etc.

3. Young population requires increasing expenditure on education & youth services, whereas the aging population requires transfer payments like old age pension, social security & health facilities.

(II) Defence Expenditure:

  1. There has been enormous increase in defence expenditure in India during planning period.
  2. The defence expenditure has been increasing tremendously due to modernisation of defence equipment.
  3. The defence expenditure of the government was ? 10,874 crores in 1990-91 which increased significantly to ? 2,95,511 crores in 2018-19.

(III) Government Subsidies:
1. The Government of India has been providing subsidies on a number of items such as food, fertilizers, interest on priority sector lending, exports, education, etc.

2. Because of the massive amounts of subsidies, the public expenditure has increased manifold.

(IV) Debt Servicing:
The government has been borrowing heavily both from the internal and external sources, As a result, the government has to make huge amounts of repayment towards debt servicing.

(V) Development Projects:
1. The government has been undertaking various development projects such as irrigation, iron and steel, heavy machinery, power, telecommunications, etc.

2. The development projects involve huge investment.

(VI) Urbanisation:

  1. There has been an increase in urbanization.
  2. In 1950 – 51 about 17% of the population was urban based.
  3. Now the urban population has increased to about 43%.
  4. There are more than 54 cities above one million population.
  5. The increase in urbanization requires heavy expenditure on law and order, education and civic amenities.

(VII) Industrialisation:

  1. Setting up of basic and heavy industries involves a huge capital and long gestation period.
  2. It is the government which starts such industries in a planned economy.
  3. The under developed countries need a strong of infrastructure like transport, communication, power, fuel, etc.

(VIII) Increase in grants in aid to state and union territories:
There has been tremendous increase in grant-in-aid to state and union territories to meet natural disasters.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Fiscal Economics Addtional Questions and Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
“Public finance is one of those subjects that lie on the border line between Economics and ……………………….
(a) Finance
(b) Investment
(c) Politics
(d) Money
Answer:
(c) Politics

Question 2.
Tax revenue deals with the ……………………….
(a) Fees
(b) Revenue
(c) Kinds of taxes
(d) Non – tax revenue
Answer:
(c) Kinds of taxes

Question 3.
The compulsory charge levied by the government is ……………………….
(a) Tax
(b) Loan
(c) Licence
(d) Gifts and grants
Answer:
(a) Tax

Question 4.
In ZBB every year is considered as a ……………………….
(a) Academic year
(b) New year
(c) Financial year
(d) Base year
Answer:
(b) New year

Question 5.
………………………. means different sources of government income.
(a) Public finance
(b) Public revenue
(c) Public expenditure
(d) Public credit
Answer:
(b) Public revenue

Question 6.
Public debt deals with the methods of raising loans from Internal and ………………………. sources.
(a) International
(b) National
(c) External
(d) State level
Answer:
(c) External

Question 7.
Taxes, subsidies, public debt and public expenditure are the instruments of ……………………….
(a) Public Revenue
(b) Public Expenditure
(c) Public debt
(d) Fiscal policy
Answer:
(d) Fiscal policy

Question 8.
………………………. deals with study of income, expenditure, borrowing and financial administration of the government.
(a) Public Finance
(b) Public Revenue
(c) Public Expenditure
(d) Public Debt
Answer:
(a) Public Finance

Question 9.
Both Public Finance and Finance are based on rationality.
(a) Private
(b) Resource
(c) Maximization
(d) Private
Answer:
(d) Private

Question 10.
The modem state is a state.
(a) Revenue
(b) Defence
(c) Government
(d) Welfare
Answer:
(d) Welfare

Question 11.
………………………. is the duty of the state to make provisions for education, social security, social insurance, health and sanitation.
(a) Social Welfare
(b) Infrastructure
(c) Social Justice
(d) Macro Economic Policy
Answer:
(a) Social Welfare

Question 12.
…………………………… refers to Government spending incurred by central, state, local government of a country.
(a) Public Finance
(b) Public Expenditure
(c) Public Revenue
(d) Social Welfare
Answer:
(b) Public Expenditure

Question 13.
Adam Smith classified public expenditure on the basis of Production Functions, Commercial Functions and ………………………………. Functions.
(a) Defence
(b) Growth
(c) Development
(d) Government
Answer:
(c) Development

Question 14.
…………………….. such as irrigation, iron and steel, heavy machinery, power, tele communications, etc.
(a) Development projects
(b) Investment projects
(c) Finance project
(d) Monetary projects
Answer:
(a) Development projects

Question 15.
The increase in ………………………… requires heavy expenditure on law and order, education and civic amentities.
(a) Development project
(b) Industrialization
(c) Urbanisation
(d) Public revenue
Answer:
(c) Urbanisation

Question 16.
Heavy Industries involves a huge …………………………. and long gestation period.
(a) Capital
(b) Investment
(c) Revenue
(d) Finance
Answer:
(a) Capital

Question 17.
Welfare activities are undertaken by …………………………..
(a) Modem governments
(b) Capitalist governments
(c) Mixed governments
(d) Socialist governments
Answer:
(a) Modem governments

Question 18.
Borrowing by the government from the public is called ……………………..
(a) Public Revenue
(b) Public expenditure
(c) Public debt
(d) Public finance
Answer:
(c) Public debt

Question 19.
Budget is prepared and submitted …………………………
(a) Every year
(b) Twice in a year
(c) Thrice in a year
(d) Five in a year
Answer:
(a) Every year

Question 20.
Sources of Public Revenue is Tax Revenue and …………………….
(a) Taxes
(b) Non – Tax Revenue
(c) Direct Tax
(d) Indirect Tax
Answer:
(b) Non – Tax Revenue

Question 21.
Income Tax is an example of ………………………….
(a) Proportional Tax
(b) Direct Tax
(c) Indirect Tax
(d) Regressive Tax
Answer:
(b) Direct Tax

Question 22.
………………………… is referred to as a tax charged on a person who purchases the goods and services and it is paid indirectly to the government.
(a) Direct Tax
(b) Indirect Tax
(c) Progressive Tax
(d) Regressive Tax
Answer:
(b) Indirect Tax

Question 23.
……………………….. is an Indirect tax levied on the supply of goods and services.
(a) Direct Tax
(b) Regressive Tax
(c) GST
(d) Progressive Tax
Answer:
(c) GST

Question 24.
………………………… institutions like UTI, LIC, GIC, etc. also buy the Government bonds.
(a) Financial
(b) Non – Financial
(c) Government
(d) Private
Answer:
(a) Financial

Question 25.
The main sources of …………………………… are IMF, World Bank, IDA and ADB, etc.
(a) Internal public debt
(b) External public debt
(c) International debt
(d) World public debt
Answer:
(b) External public debt

II. Match the following and choose the correct answer by using codes given below:

Question 1.
A. Modern state – (i) Indirect tax
B. Gift tax – (ii) Welfare state
C. Corporate tax – (iii) Direct tax
D. Sales tax – (iv) Tax of the central government
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
(b) A (iii) B (ii) C (i) D (iv)
(c) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
(d) A (i) B (iv) C (iii) D (ii)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)

Question 2.
A. Gifts and grants – (i) Canon of equity
B. Ability to pay – (ii) State government tax
C. Income tax – (iii) Non tax revenue
D. Stamp duties Codes – (iv) Progressive tax
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)
(c) A (iv) B (ii) C (i) D (iv)
(d) A (i) B (iv) C (iii) D (ii)
Answer:
(b) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)

Question 3.
A. Components of budget – (i) Macro Economic Policy
B. Causes for public debt – (ii) Revenue Receipts
C. Fiscal policy – (iii) Tax on animals
D. Municipality revenue – (iv) War and preparation of war
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (iv) C(i) D (iii)
(c) A (iv) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)
Answer:
(b) A (ii) B (iv) C(i) D (iii)

Question 4.
A. Adam Smith – (i) Progressive tax
B. Best tax system – (ii) Fiscal policy
C. Rebate and subsidies – (iii) Regressive tax
D. Tax rate decreases – (iv) Canons of taxation
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)

Question 5.
A. Government Accounts Maintained – (i) Committees of Parliament
B. The estimates committee – (ii) Consolidated Fund
C. Budgetary deficit – (iii) Source of Revenue
D. Federal finance – (iv) Government Deficit
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
(c) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(c) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)

III. State whether the statements are true or false.

Question 1.
(i) The difference between Revenue expenditure and Revenue Receipt is Revenue deficit.
(ii) The primary purpose of deficit financing is Economic Development.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 2.
(i) GST is equivalence of sales tax.
(ii) The modem state is police state.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 3.
(i) The word budget has been derived from the French word “bougette” means a small bag.
(ii) Finance commission determines the resources transfer to the various departments.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are frue
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 4.
(i) Bougett refers to a small purse.
(ii) Budget estimates are prepared by public finance.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are tme
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false

Question 5.
(i) Public revenue occupies an important place in the study of public finance.
(ii) Public finance is concerned with the Income and expenditure of public authorities.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are tme
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is tme but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is tme
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are tme

IV. Which of the following is correctly matched.

Question 1.
(a) Ministry of finance – Central budget every year
(b) Types of budget – Credit budget
(c) Public debt – Agriculture
(d) Federal finance – Employment
Answer:
(a) Ministry of finance – Central budget every year

Question 2.
(a) Canons of taxation – Adam Smith
(b) Indirect tax – Modem state
(c) Compulsory payment – Indirect tax
(d) Proportional tax – Direct tax
Answer:
(a) Canons of taxation – Adam Smith

Question 3.
(a) Wealth tax – Indirect tax
(b) Sales tax – Direct tax
(c) Progressive tax – Health tax
(d) Corporate tax – Tax of the Central Government
Answer:
(d) Corporate tax – Tax of the Central Government

Question 4.
(a) Gifts and grants – Non tax Revenue
(b) Gift tax – Indirect tax
(c) Tax evasion – Capital receipts
(d) Loans from RBI – Deficit budget
Answer:
(a) Gifts and grants – Non tax Revenue

Question 5.
(a) Stamp duties – Tax of the Central Government
(b) Interest on debts – Revenue expenditure
(c) Land tax collected – Direct tax
(d) Income tax – Expenditure
Answer:
(b) Interest on debts – Revenue expenditure

V. Which of the following is not correctly matched:

Question 1.
(a) Canons of Taxation – Adam Smith
(b) SGST – State and Union Territory
(c) Compulsory payment – Tax
(d) Modem state – Technology
Answer:
(d) Modem state – Technology

Question 2.
(a) Income tax – Direct tax
(b) Sales tax – Indirect tax
(c) Proportional tax – Village tax
(d) GST – Goods and Services tax
Answer:
(c) Proportional tax – Village tax

Question 3.
(a) Components of budget – Capital Receipts
(b) State sources – Land and building tax
(c) Redemption of public debt – Sinking fund
(d) Fiscal policy – Micro economic policy
Answer:
(d) Fiscal policy – Micro economic policy

Question 4.
(a) Fiscal Deficit – Budget deficit
(b) Primary Deficit – Fiscal deficit
(c) Revenue Deficit – Total revenue receipt
(d) Deficit budget – Private Revenue
Answer:
(d) Deficit budget – Private Revenue

Question 5.
(a) Public debt – Fiscal instmment
(b) Economic growth – Fiscal policy
(c) Transfer wealth – Internal public debt
(d) Loans from other countries – External revenue
Answer:
(d) Loans from other countries – External revenue

VI. Pick the odd one out.

Question 1.
Causes for increase in public debt
(a) War and preparation of war
(b) Social obligations
(c) Economic development and deficit
(d) Unemployment problem
Answer:
(d) Unemployment problem

Question 2.
Methods of Redemption of public debt
(a) Sinking Fund
(b) Budgetary Surplus
(c) Depression
(d) Terminal Annuity
Answer:
(d) Terminal Annuity

Question 3.
Types of Budget
(a) Revenue budget
(b) Capital budget
(c) Union budget
(d) Supplementary budget
Answer:
(c) Union budget

Question 4.
Central financial relationship union sources are
(a) Corporation tax
(b) Foreign loans
(c) Transport
(d) Railways
Answer:
(c) Transport

Question 5.
Principles of Federal finance
(a) Principles of Integration
(b) Principle of Equity
(c) Principle of Efficiency
(d) Principle of Accountability
Answer:
(a) Principles of Integration

VII. Assertion and Reason.

Question 1.
Assertion (A): Public finance is a study of the financial aspects of government.
Reason (R): Public finance is concerned with the revenue and expenditure of public authorities and with adjustment of the one to the other.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 2.
Assertion (A): Fiscal Economics is a new one. The old and popular term of the subject is ‘Public Finance’.
Reason (R): Public Finance is related financing the central activities only.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 3.
Assertion (A): The modem state is a police state.
Reason (R): Functions of a government is called Defence, judiciary, enterprises and so on.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true

Question 4.
Assertion (A): Sources of Public Revenue is called Tax Revenue and Non tax Revenue.
Reason (R): Some of the tax revenue sources are Income tax, Corporate tax, Sales tax, Surcharge andCess.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 5.
Assertion (A): Canons of Taxation are Economical, Equitable, Convenient, Certain Efficient and Flexible.
Reason (R): Adam Smiths four canons of taxation are Canon of Ability, Canon of Certainty, Canon of Convenience, Canon of Economy.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 1.
What do you mean by Public Finance?
Answer:

  1. Public finance is a study of the financial aspects of Government.
  2. It is concerned with the revenue and expenditure of the public authorities and with adjustment of the one to the other.

Question 2.
What do you mean by Public Expenditure?
Answer:
Public expenditure refers to Government spending incurred by Central, State and Local governments of a country.

Question 3.
Define “Public Expenditure”?
Answer:
Public expenditure can be defined as, “The expenditure incurred by public authorities like central, state and local governments to satisfy the collective social wants of the people is known as public expenditure”.

Question 4.
Define “Public Revenue”?
Answer:

  1. Public revenue occupies an important place in the study of public finance.
  2. The Government has to perform several functions for the welfare of the people.
  3. They involve substantial amount of public expenditure which can be financed only through public revenue.
  4. The amount of public revenue to be raised depends on the necessity of public expenditure and the people’s ability to pay.

Question 5.
What are the classification of Public Revenue?
Answer:
Public revenue can be classified into two types.

  1. Tax Revenue
  2. Non – Tax Revenue

Question 6.
What do you mean by Tax Revenue?
Answer:

  1. Tax is a compulsory payment by the citizens to the government to meet the public expenditure.
  2. It is legally imposed by the government on the tax payer and in no case tax payer can refuse to pay taxes to the government.

Question 7.
Define “Tax Revenue”?
Answer:
1. “A Tax is a compulsory payment made by a person or a firm to a government without reference to any benefit the payer may derive from the government.” – Anatol Murad

2. “A Tax is a compulsory contribution imposed by public authority, irrespective of the exact amount of service rendered to the tax payer in return and not imposed as a penalty for any legal offence.” – Dalton

Question 8.
Write some of the tax revenue sources?
Answer:
Some of the tax revenue sources are

  1. Income tax
  2. Corporate tax
  3. Sales tax
  4. Surcharge and
  5. Cess

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 1.
What are the similarities of Public and Private Finance?
Answer:
(I) Rationality:

  1. Both public finance and private finance are based on rationality.
  2. Maximization of welfare and least cost factor combination underlie both.

(II) Limit to borrowing:

  1. Both have to apply restraint with regard to borrowing.
  2. The Government also cannot live beyond its means.
  3. There is a limit to deficit financing by the state also.

(III) Resource utilisation:

  1. Both the private and public sectors have limited resources at their disposal.
  2. So both attempt to make optimum use of resources.

(IV) Administration:

  1. The effectiveness of measures of the Government as well as private depends on the administrative machinery.
  2. If the administrative machinery is inefficient and corrupt it will result in wastages and losses.

Question 2.
What do you mean by Public Revenue?
Answer:

  1. The income of the government through all sources is called public income or public revenue.
  2. According to Dalton, the term “Public Income” has two senses — wide and narrow.
  3. In its wider sense it includes all the incomes or receipts which a public authority may secure during any period of time.
  4. In its narrow sense, it includes only those sources of income of the public authority which are ordinarily known as “revenue resources.”
  5. To avoid ambiguity, the former is termed “public receipts” and the latter “public revenue.”
  6. In a narrow sense, it includes only those sources of income of the Government which are described as “revenue resources”.
  7. In broad sense, it includes loans raised by the Government also.

Question 3.
Bringout the merits and demerits of Direct taxes?
Answer:
Merits of Direct Taxes:
(I) Equity:

  1. Direct taxes are progressive i.e. rate of tax varies according to tax base.
  2. For example, income tax satisfies the canon of equity.

(II) Certainity:

  1. Canon of certainty can be ensured by direct taxes.
  2. For example, an income tax payer knows when and at what rate he has to pay income tax.

(III) Elasticity:

  1. Direct taxes also satisfy the canon of elasticity.
  2. Income tax is income elastic in nature.
  3. As income level increases, the tax revenue to the Government also increases automatically.

(IV) Economy:

  1. The cost of collection of direct taxes is relatively low.
  2. The tax payers pay the tax directly to the state.

Demerits of Direct Taxes:

(I) Unpopular:

  1. Direct taxes are generally unpopular.
  2. It is inconvenient and less flexible.

(II) Productivity affected:

  1. According to many economists direct tax may adversely affect productivity.
  2. Citizens are not willing to earn more income because in that case they have to pay more taxes.

(III) Inconvenient:
The tax payers find it inconvenient to maintain accounts, submit returns and pay tax in lump sum.

(IV) Tax Evasion:

  1. The burden of direct tax is so heavy that tax-payers always try to evade taxes.
  2. This ultimately leads to the generation of black money, which is harmful to the economy.

Question 4.
What are the several types of Indirect taxes?
Answer:
There are several types of Indirect Taxes, such as:
1. Excise Duty:
Payable by the manufacturer who shifts the tax burden to retailers and wholesalers.

2. Sales Tax:
Paid by a shopkeeper or retailer, who then shifts the tax burden to customers by charging sales tax on goods and services.

3. Custom Duty:
Import duties levied on goods from outside the country, ultimately paid for by consumers and retailers.

4. Entertainment Tax:
Liability is on the cinema theatre owners, who transfer the burden to cinema goers.

5. Service Tax:
Charged on services like telephone bill, insurance premium such as food bill in a restaurant etc.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In About A Page.

Question 1.
What are the Dissimilarities of Public and Private finance?
Answer:
Dissimilarities:
(I) Income and Expenditure adjustment:

  1. The government adjusts the income to the expenditure while individuals adjust their expenditure to the income.
  2. Private finance involves stitching coat according to cloth available whereas public finance decides the cloth according to the need for the coat.

(II) Borrowing:

  1. The government can borrow from internal and external sources; it can borrow from the people by issuing bonds.
  2. However, an individual cannot borrow from himself.

(III) Right to print currency:

  1. The government can print currency.
  2. This involves the creation, distribution and monitoring of currency.
  3. The private sector cannot create currency.

(IV) Present vs. future decisions:

  1. The public finance is more involved with future planning and making long-term decisions.
  2. These investments could include building of schools, hospitals and infrastructure.
  3. The private finance makes financial decisions on projects with a short term vision.

(V) Objective:

  1. The public sector’s main objective is to provide social benefit in the economy.
  2. The private sector aims to maximize personal benefit i.e. Profit.

(VI) Coercion to get revenue:

  1. The sources of income of a private individual is relatively limited while those of the Government is wide.
  2. The Government can use its power and authority.

(VII) Ability to make huge and deliberate changes:

  1. The public finance has the ability to make big decisions on income.
  2. For example, it can effectively and deliberately adjust the revenue.
  3. But individuals cannot make such massive decisions.

Question 2.
Briefly explain classification of Public expenditure?
Answer:
Classification of public expenditure are as follows:
(I) Classification on the Basis of Benefit:
Cohn and Plehn have classified the public expenditure on the basis of benefit into four classes:

(a) Public expenditure benefiting the entire society, e.g., the expenditure on general administration, defence, education, public health, transport.

(b) Public expenditure conferring a special benefit on certain people and at the same time common benefit on the entire community, e.g., administration of justice etc.

(c) Public expenditure directly benefiting particular group of persons and indirectly the entire society, e.g., social security, public welfare, pension, unemployment relief etc.

(d) Public expenditure conferring a special benefit on some individuals, e.g., subsidy granted to a particular industry.

(II) Classification on the Basis of Function:
Adam Smith classified public expenditure on the basis of functions of government in the following main groups:

(a) Protection Functions:
This group includes public expenditure incurred on the security of the citizens, to protect from external invasion and internal disorder, e.g., defence, police, courts etc.

(b) Commercial Functions:
This group includes public expenditure incurred on the development of trade and commerce, e.g., development of means of transport and communication etc.

(c) Development Functions:
This group includes public expenditure incurred for the development infrastructure and industry.

Question 3.
Explain the sources of Non-Tax Revenue?
Answer:
The sources of non-tax revenue are:
(I) Fees:

  1. Fees are another important source of revenue for the government.
  2. A fee is charged by public authorities for rendering a service to the citizens.
  3. Unlike tax, there is no compulsion involved in case of fees.
  4. The government provides certain services and charges certain fees for them.
  5. For example, fees are charged for issuing of passports, driving licenses, etc.

(II) Fine:

  1. A fine is a penalty imposed on an individual for violation of law.
  2. For example, violation of traffic rules, payment of income tax after the stipulated time etc.

(III) Earnings from Public Enterprises:

  1. The Government also gets revenue by way of surplus from public enterprises.
  2. Some of the public sector enterprises do make a good amount of profits.
  3. The profits or dividends which the government gets can be utilized for public expenditure.

(IV) Special assessment of betterment levy:
1. It is a kind of special charge levied on certain members of the community who are beneficiaries of certain government activities or public projects.

2. For example, due to a public park or due to the construction of a road, people in that locality may experience an appreciation in the value of their property or land.

(V) Gifts, Grants and Aids:

  1. A grant from one government to another is an important source of revenue in the modem days.
  2. The government at the Centre provides grants to State governments and the State governments provide grants to the local government to carry out their functions.
  3. Grants from foreign countries are known as Foreign Aid.
  4. Developing countries receive military aid, food aid, technological aid, etc. from other countries.

(VI) Escheats:
It refers to the claim of the state to the property of persons who die without legal heirs or documented will.

Question 4.
Bringout the Demerits of Indirect taxes?
Answer:
Demerits of Indirect Taxes:
(I) Higher Cost of Collection:

  1. The cost of collection of indirect taxes is higher than the direct taxes.
  2. The Government has to spend huge money to collect indirect taxes.

(II) Inelastic:

  1. Indirect taxes are less elastic compared to direct taxes.
  2. As indirect taxes are generally proportional.

(III) Regressive:
Indirect taxes are sometimes unjust and regressive in nature since both rich and poor persons have to pay same amount as taxes irrespective of their income level.

(IV) Uncertainly:

  1. The rise in indirect taxes increase the price and reduces the demand for goods.
  2. Therefore, the Government is uncertain about the expected revenue collection.
  3. So Dalton says under indirect taxes 2 + 2 is not 4 but 3 or even less than 3.

(V) No civic Consciousness:
As the tax is hidden in price, the consumers are not aware of paying tax.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 9 Fiscal Economics

Share this Tamilnadu State Board 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 9 Fiscal Economics Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the grammar issues in exams. Keep visiting this site frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 6 Banking

Students of 12th can get the pdf links of Tamilnadu State Board Economics Solutions here. You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Book Solutions Chapter 6 Banking Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 6 Banking

It is very important to put the textbook aside while preparing for the exams. So, if you follow Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Chapter 6 Banking Questions and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Banking Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – A
Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
A Bank is a …………………………
(a) Financial institution
(b) Corporate
(c) An Industry
(d) Service institutions
Answer:
(a) Financial institution

Question 2.
A Commercial Bank is an institution that provides services …………………………
(a) Accepting deposits
(b) Providing loans
(c) Both a and b
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Both a and b

Question 3.
The Functions of commercial banks are broadly classified into …………………………
(a) Primary Functions
(b) Secondary functions
(c) Other functions
(d) a, b, and c
Answer:
(d) a, b, and c

Question 4.
Bank credit refers to …………………………
(a) Bank Loans
(b) Advances
(c) Bank loans and advances
(d) Borrowings
Answer:
(c) Bank loans and advances

Question 5.
Credit creation means …………………………
(a) Multiplication of loans and advances
(b) Revenue
(c) Expenditure
(d) Debt
Answer:
(a) Multiplication of loans and advances

Question 6.
NBFI does not have …………………………
(a) Banking license
(b) Government approval
(c) Money ministry approval
Answer:
(a) Banking license

Question 7.
Central bank is …………………………….. authority of any country.
(a) Monetary
(b) Fiscal
(c) Wage
(d) National Income
Answer:
(a) Monetary

Question 8.
Who will act as the banker to the Government of India?
(a) SBI
(b) NABARD
(c) ICICI
(d) RBI
Answer:
(d) RBI

Question 9.
Lender of the last resort is one of the functions of …………………………
(a) Central Bank
(b) Commercial banks
(c) Land Development Banks
(d) Co – operative banks
Answer:
(a) Central Bank

Question 10.
Bank Rate means …………………………
(a) Re – discounting the first class securities
(b) Interest rate
(c) Exchange rate
(d) Growth rate
Answer:
(a) Re – discounting the first class securities

Question 11.
Repo Rate means …………………………
(a) Rate at which the Commercial Banks are willing to lend to RBI
(b) Rate at which the RBI is willing to lend to commercial banks
(c) Exchange rate of the foreign bank
(d) Growth rate of the economy
Answer:
(b) Rate at which the RBI is willing to lend to commercial banks

Question 12.
Moral suasion refers …………………………
(a) Optimization
(b) Maximization
(c) Persuasion
(d) Minimization
Answer:
(c) Persuasion

Question 13.
ARDC started functioning from …………………………
(a) June 3, 1963
(b) July 3, 1963
(c) June 1, 1963
(d) July 1, 1963
Answer:
(d) July 1, 1963

Question 14.
NABARD was set up in …………………………
(a) July 1962
(b) July 1972
(c) July 1982
(d) July 1992
Answer:
(c) July 1982

Question 15.
EXIM bank was established in …………………………
(a) June 1982
(b) April 1982
(c) May 1982
(d) March 1982
Answer:
(d) March 1982

Question 16.
The State Financial Corporation Act was passed by …………………………
(a) Government of India
(b) Government of Tamilnadu
(c) Government of Union Territories
(d) Local Government.
Answer:
(a) Government of India

Question 17.
Monetary policy is formulated by …………………………
(a) Co – operative banks
(b) Commercial banks
(c) Central Bank
(d) Foreign banks
Answer:
(c) Central Bank

Question 18.
Online Banking is also known as …………………………
(a) E – Banking
(b) Internet Banking
(c) RTGS
(d) NEFT
Answer:
(b) Internet Banking

Question 19.
Expansions of ATM.
(a) Automated Teller Machine
(b) Adjustment Teller Machine
(c) Automatic Teller mechanism
(d) Any Time Money
Answer:
(a) Automated Teller Machine

Question 20.
2016 Demonetization of currency includes denominations of …………………………
(a) ₹ 500 and ₹ 1000
(b) ₹ 1000 and ₹ 2000
(c) ₹ 200 and ₹ 500
(d) All the above
Answer:
(a) ₹ 500 and ₹ 1000

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 21.
Define Commercial banks?
Answer:
Commercial bank refers to a bank, or a division of a large bank, which more specifically deals with deposit and loan services provided to corporations or large/middle-sized business – as opposed to individual members of the public/small business.

Question 22.
What is credit creation?
Answer:

  1. Credit Creation means the multiplication of loans and advances.
  2. Commercial banks receive deposits from the public and use these deposits to give loans.
  3. However, loans offered are many times more than the deposits received by banks.
  4. This function of banks is known as ‘Credit Creation’.

Question 23.
Define Central bank?
Answer:

  1. A central bank, reserve bank, or monetary authority is an institution that manages a state’s currency, money supply, and interest rates.
  2. Central banks also usually oversee the commercial banking system of their respective countries.

Question 24.
Distinguish between CRR and SLR?
Answer:
CRR:

  1. The Central Bank controls credit by changing the Cash Reserves Ratio.
  2. Commercial Banks have excessive cash reserves on the basis of which they are creating too much of credit, this will be harmful for the larger interest of the economy.
  3. So it will raise the cash reserve ratio which the Commercial Banks are required to maintain with the Central Bank.

SLR:

  1. Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) is the amount which a bank has to maintain in the form of cash, gold or approved securities.
  2. The quantum is specified as some percentage of the total demand and time liabilities.
  3. The liabilities of the bank which are payable on demand anytime, and those liabilities which are accruing in one month’s time due to maturity.

Question 25.
Write the meaning of Open market operations?
Answer:

  1. In narrow sense, the Central Bank starts the purchase and sale of Government securities in the money market.
  2. In Broad Sense, the Central Bank purchases and sells not only Government securities but also other proper eligible securities like bills and securities of private concerns.
  3. When the banks and the private individuals purchase these securities they have to make payments for these securities to the Central Bank.

Question 26.
What is rationing of credit?
Answer:

  1. This is the oldest method of credit control. Rationing of credit as an instrument of credit control was first used by the Bank of England by the end of the 18th Century.
  2. It aims to control and regulate the purposes for which credit is granted by commercial banks.
  3. It is generally of two types.

Question 27.
Mention the functions of agriculture credit department?
Answer:
Functions of Agriculture Credit Department:

  1. To maintain an expert staff to study all questions on agricultural credit;
  2. To provide expert advice to Central and State Government, State Co – operative Banks and other banking activities.
  3. To finance the rural sector through eligible institutions engaged in the business of agricultural credit and to co-ordinate their activities.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 28.
Write the mechanism of credit creation by commercial banks?
Answer:
Mechanism / Technique of Credit Creation by Commercial Banks:

  1. Bank credit refers to bank loans and advances.
  2. Money is said to be created when the banks, through their lending activities, make a net addition to the total supply of money in the economy.
  3. Money is said to be destroyed when the loans are repaid by the borrowers to the banks and consequently the credit already created by the banks is wiped out in the process.
  4. Banks have the power to expand or contract demand deposits and they exercise this power through granting more or less loans and advances and acquiring other assets.
  5. This power of commercial bank to create deposits through expanding their loans and advances is known as credit creation.

Question 29.
Give a brief note on NBFI?
Answer:
Non – Banking Financial Institution (NBFI):

1. A non – banking financial institution (NBFI) or non-bank financial company (NBFC) is a financial institution that does not have a full banking license or is not supervised by the central bank.

2. The NBFIs do not carry on pure banking business, but they will carry on other financial transactions. They receive deposits and give loans. They mobilize people’s savings and use the funds to finance expenditure on investment activities. In short, they are institutions which undertake borrowing and lending. They operate in both the money and the capital markets.

3. NBFIs can be broadly classified into two categories. Viz.., (1) Stock Exchange; and (2) Other Financial institutions. Under the latter category comes Finance Companies, Finance Corporations, ChitFunds, Building Societies, Issue Houses, Investment Trusts and Unit Trusts and Insurance Companies.

Question 30.
Bring out the methods of credit control?
Answer:
Methods of Credit Control:
I. Quantitative or General Methods:

1. Bank Rate Policy:
The bank rate is the rate at which the Central Bank of a country is prepared to re – discount the first class securities.

2. Open Market Operations:

  1. In narrow sense, the Central Bank starts the purchase and sale of Government securities in the money market.
  2. In Broad Sense, the Central Bank purchases and sells not only Government securities but also other proper eligible securities like bills and securities of private concerns.

3. Variable Reserve Ratio:
(I) Cash Reserves Ratio:

  1. Under this system the Central Bank controls credit by changing the Cash Reserves Ratio.
  2. For example, if the Commercial Banks have excessive cash reserves on the basis of which they are creating too much of credit,this will be harmful for the larger interest of the economy.
  3. So it will raise the cash reserve ratio which the Commercial Banks are required to maintain with the Central Bank.

(II) Statutory Liquidity Ratio:

  1. Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) is the amount which a bank has to maintain securities.
  2. The quantum is specified as some percentage of the total demand and time liabilities (i.ethe liabilities of the bank which are payable on demand anytime, and those liabilities which are accruing in one month’s time due to maturity) of a bank.

Question 31.
What are the functions of NABARD?
Answer:
Functions of NABARD:
NABARD has inherited its apex role from RBI i.e, it is performing all the functions performed
by RBI with regard to agricultural credit.

1. NABARD acts as a refinancing institution for all kinds of production and investment credit to agriculture, small-scale industries, cottage and village industries, handicrafts and rural crafts and real artisans and other allied economic activities with a view to promoting integrated rural development.

2. NABARD gives long-term loans (upto 20 Years) to State Government to enable them to subscribe to the share capital of co – operative credit societies.

3. NABARD gives long-term loans to any institution approved by the Central Government or contribute to the share capital or invests in securities of any institution concerned with agriculture and rural development.

4. NABARD has the responsibility of co – ordinating the activities of Central and State Governments, the Planning Commission (now NITI Aayog) and other all India and State level institutions entrusted with the development of small scale industries, village and cottage industries, rural crafts, industries in the tiny and decentralized sectors, etc.

5. It maintains a Research and Development Fund to promote research in agriculture and rural development

Question 32.
Specify the functions of IFCI?
Answer:

  1. Long – term loans; both in rupees and foreign currencies.
  2. Underwriting of equity, preference and debenture issues.
  3. Subscribing to equity, preference and debenture issues.
  4. Guaranteeing the deferred payments in respect of machinery imported from abroad or purchased in India; and
  5. Guaranteeing of loans raised in foreign currency from foreign financial institutions.

Question 33.
Distinguish between money market and capital market?
Answer:
Money Market:

  1. Money market is the mechanism through which short term funds are loaned and. borrowed. It designates financial institutions which handle the purchase, sale and transfer of short term credit instruments.
  2. Commercial banks, acceptance houses, Non Banking Financial Institutions and the Central Bank are the institutions catering to the requirements of short term funds in the money Market.

Capital Market:

  1. Capital Market is a part of financial system which is concerned with raising capital by dealing in shares, bonds and other long term investments.
  2. The market where investment instruments like bonds, equities and mortgages are traded is known as the capital market.

Question 33.
Mention the objectives of demonetizations?
Answer:
Objectives of Demonetisation:

  1. Removing Black Money from the country.
  2. Stopping of Corruption.
  3. Stopping Terror Funds.
  4. Curbing Fake Notes.

Demonitisation is the act of stripping a currency unit of its status as legal tender. It occurs whenever there is a change of national currency. The current form or forms of money is pulled from circulation, often to bereplaced with new coins or notes.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In About A Page.

Question 34.
Explain the role of Commercial Banks in economic development?
Answer:
Role of Commercial Banks in Economic Development of a Country Role of Commercial Banks:

  1. Capital Formation
  2. Creation of Credit
  3. Channelizing the funds
  4. Encouraging Rights Type of Industries
  5. Banks Monetize Debt
  6. Finance to Government
  7. Employment Generation
  8. Bank Promote Entrepreneurship

1. Capital Formation:

  1. Banks play an important role in capital formation, which is essential for the economic development of a country.
  2. They mobilize the small savings of the people scattered over a wide area through their network of branches all over the country and make it available for productive purposes.

2. Creation of Credit:

  1. Banks create credit for the purpose of providing more funds for development projects.
  2. Credit creation leads to increased production, employment, sales and prices and thereby they bring about faster economic development.

3. Channelizing the Funds towards Productive Investment:

  1. Banks invest the savings mobilized by them for productive purposes.
  2. Capital formation is not the only function of commercial banks.

4. Encouraging Right Type of Industries:

  1. Many banks help in the development of the right type of industries by extending loan to right type of persons.
  2. In this way, they help not only for industrialization of the country but also for the economic development of the country.
  3. They grant loans and advances to manufacturers whose products are in great demand.

5. Banks Monetize Debt:

  1. Commercial banks transform the loan to be repaid after a certain period into cash, which can be immediately used for business activities.
  2. Manufacturers and wholesale traders cannot increase their sales without selling goods on credit basis.

6. Finance to Government:

  1. Government is acting as the promoter of industries in underdeveloped countries for which finance is needed for it.
  2. Banks provide long – term credit to Government by investing their funds in Government securities and short-term finance by purchasing Treasury Bills.

7. Employment Generation:

  1. After the nationalization of big banks, banking industry has grown to a great extent.
  2. Bank’s branches are opened frequently, which leads to the creation of new employment opportunities.

8. Banks Promote Entrepreneurship:

  • In recent days, banks have assumed the role of developing entrepreneurship particularly in developing countries like India by inducing new entrepreneurs to take up the well- formulated projects and provision of counseling services like technical and managerial guidance.

Question 36.
Elucidate the functions of Commercial Banks?
Answer:
The functions of commercial banks are broadly classified into primary functions and secondary functions.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 6 Banking
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 6 Banking
Functions of Commercial Banks

(a) Primary Functions:
1. Accepting Deposits:
It implies that commercial banks are mainly dependent on public deposits.
There are two types of deposits

(I) Demand Deposits:
It refers to deposits that can be withdrawn by individuals without any prior notice to the bank. In other words, the owners of these deposits are allowed to withdraw money anytime by writing a withdrawal slip or a cheque at the bank counter or from ATM centres using debit card.

(II) Time Deposits:
It refers to deposits that are made for certain committed period of time. Banks pay higher interest on time deposits. These deposits can be withdrawn only after a specific time period by providing a written notice to the?bank.

2. Advancing Loans:

(a) It refers to granting loans to individuals and businesses. Commercial banks grant loans in the form of overdraft, cash credit, and discounting bills of exchange.

(b) Secondary Functions:
The secondary functions can be classified under three heads, namely, agency functions, general utility functions, and other functions.

1. Agency Functions:
It implies that commercial banks act as agents of customers by performing various functions.

(I) Collecting Cheques:
Banks collect cheques and bills of exchange on the behalf of their customers through clearing house facilities provided by the central bank.

(II) Collecting Income:
Commercial banks collect dividends, pension, salaries, rents, and interests on investments on behalf of their customers. A credit voucher is sent to customers for information when any income is collected by the bank.

(III) Paying Expenses:
Commercial banks make the payments of various obligations of customers, such as telephone bills, insurance premium, school fees, and rents.

2. General Utility Functions:
It implies that commercial banks provide some utility services to customers by performing various functions.

(I) Providing Locker Facilities:
Commercial banks provide locker facilities to its customers for safe custody of jewellery, shares, debentures, and other valuable items. This minimizes the risk of loss due to theft at homes. Banks are not responsible for the items in the lockers.

(II) Issuing Traveler’s Cheques:
Banks issue traveler’s cheques to individuals for traveling outside the country. Traveler’s cheques are the safe and easy way to protect money while traveling.

(III) Dealing in Foreign Exchange:
Commercial banks help in providing foreign exchange to businessmen dealing in exports and imports. However, commercial banks need to take the permission of the Central Bank for dealing in foreign exchange.

3. Transferring Funds:
It refers to transferring of funds from one bank to another. Funds are transferred by means of draft, telephonic transfer, and electronic transfer.

4. Letter of Credit:
Commercial banks issue letters of credit to their customers to certify their creditworthiness.

(I) Underwriting Securities:
Commercial banks also undertake the task of underwriting securities. As public has full faith in the credit worthiness of banks, public do not hesitate in buying the securities underwritten by banks.

(II) Electronic Banking:
It includes services, such as debit cards, credit cards, and Internet banking.

(c) Other Functions:

(I) Money Supply:
It refers to one of the important functions of commercial banks that help in increasing money supply.

(II) Credit Creation:
Credit Creation means the multiplication of loans and advances. Commercial banks receive deposits from the public and use these deposits to give loans.

Question 37.
Describe the functions of Reserve Bank of India?
Answer:
Functions of Central Bank (Reserve Bank of India):
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is India’s central banking institution, which controls the monetary policy of the Indian rupee.

1. Monetary Authority:
It controls the supply of money in the economy to stabilize exchange rate, maintain healthy balance of payment, attain financial stability, control inflation, strengthen banking system.

2. The issuer of currency:
The objective is to maintain the currency and credit system of the country. It is the sole authority to issue currency. It also takes action to control the circulation of fake currency.

3. The issuer of Banking License:
As per Sec 22 of Banking Regulation Act, every bank has to obtain a banking license from RBI to conduct banking business in India.

4. Banker to the Government:
It acts as banker both to the central and the state governments. It provides short-term credit. It manages all new issues of government loans, servicing the government debt outstanding and nurturing the market for government securities. It advises the government on banking and financial subjects.

5. Banker’s Bank:
RBI is the bank of all banks in India as it provides loan to banks, accept the deposit of banks, and rediscount the bills of banks.

6. Lender of last resort:
The banks can borrow from the RBI by keeping eligible securities as collateral at the time of need or crisis, when there is no other source.

7. Act as clearing house:
For settlement of banking transactions, RBI manages 14 clearing houses. It facilitates the exchange of instruments and processing of payment instructions.

8. Custodian of foreign exchange reserves:
It acts as a custodian of FOREX. It administers and enforces the provision of Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA), 1999. RBI buys and sells foreign currency to maintain the exchange rate of Indian rupee v/s foreign currencies.

9. Regulator of Economy:
It controls the money supply in the system, monitors different key indicators like GDP, Inflation, etc.

10. Managing Government securities:
RBI administers investments in institutions when they invest specified minimum proportions of their total assets/liabilities in government securities.

11. Regulator and Supervisor of Payment and Settlement Systems:
The Payment and Settlement Systems Act of 2007 (PSS Act) gives RBI oversight authority for the payment and settlement systems in the country. RBI focuses on the development and functioning of safe, secure and efficient payment and settlement mechanisms.

12. Developmental Role:
This role includes the development of the quality banking system in India and ensuring that credit is available to the productive sectors of the economy. It provides a wide range of promotional functions to support national objectives.

It also includes establishing institutions designed to build the country’s financial infrastructure. It also helps in expanding access to affordable financial services and promoting financial education and literacy.

13. Publisher of monetary data and other data:
RBI maintains and provides all essential banking and other economic data, formulating and critically evaluating the economic policies in India. RBI collects, collates and publishes data regularly.

14. Exchange manager and controller:
RBI represents India as a member of the International Monetary Fund [IMF], Most of the commercial banks are authorized dealers of RBI.

15. Banking Ombudsman Scheme:
RBI introduced the Banking Ombudsman Scheme in 1995. Under this scheme, the complainants can file their complaints in any form, including online and can also appeal to the Ombudsman against the awards and the other decisions of the Banks.

16. Banking Codes and Standards Board of India:
To measure the performance of banks against Codes and standards based on established global practices, the RBI has set up the Banking Codes and Standards Board of India (BCSBI).

Question 38.
What are the objectives of Monetary Policy? Explain?
The specific objectives of monetary policy are Objectives of monetary policy:

  1. Neutrality of Money
  2. Stability of Exchange Rates
  3. Price Stability
  4. Full Employment
  5. Economic Growth
  6. Equilibrium in the Balance of Payments

1. Neutrality of Money:

  1. Economists like Wicksteed, Hayek and Robertson are the chief exponents of neutral money.
  2. They hold the view that monetary authority should aim at neutrality of money in the economy.
  3. Monetary changes could be the root cause of all economic fluctuations.
  4. According to neutralists, the monetary change causes distortion and disturbances in the proper operation of the economic system of the country.

2. Exchange Rate Stability:

  1. Exchange rate stability was the traditional objective of monetary authority.
  2. This was the main objective under Gold Standard among different countries.
  3. When there was disequilibrium in the balance of payments of the country, it was automatically corrected by movements.

3. Price Stability:

  1. Economists like Crustave Cassel and Keynes suggested price stabilization as a main objective of monetary policy.
  2. Price stability is considered the most genuine objective of monetary policy.
  3. Stable prices repose public confidence.
  4. It promotes business activity and ensures equitable distribution of income and wealth.

4. Full Employment:

  1. During world depression, the problem of unemployment had increased rapidly.
  2. It was regarded as socially dangerous, economically wasteful and morally deplorable.
  3. Thus, full employment was considered as the main goal of monetary policy.

5. Economic Growth:

  1. Economic growth is the process whereby the real per capita income of a country increases over a long period of time.
  2. It implies an increase in the total physical or real output, production of goods for the satisfaction of human wants.
  3. Monetary policy should promote sustained and continuous economic growth by maintaining equilibrium between the total demand for money and total production capacity and further creating favourable conditions for saving and investment.

6. Equilibrium in the Balance of Payments:

  • Equilibrium in the balance of payments is another objective of monetary policy which emerged significant in the post war years.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Banking Additional Questions and Answers

Part – A
I. Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
Reserve Bank of India was nationalised in …………………………
(a) 1947
(b) 1948
(c) 1949
(d)1950
Answer:
(c) 1949

Question 2.
Overdraft is a facility offered by commercial banks to …………………………
(a) Exporters
(b) Importers
(c) Farmers
(d) Businessmen
Answer:
(d) Businessmen

Question 3.
Current account deposites are operated by …………………………
(a) Agriculturists
(b) Business mens
(c) Goverment servants
(d) Labourers
Answer:
(b) Business mens

Question 4.
Primary functions of the commercial bank is …………………………
(a) Accepting deposits from the public
(b) Making loans and advances to public
(c) Discounting bills of exchange
(d) Inter bank borrowing
Answer:
(a) Accepting deposits from the public

Question 5.
The first bank in India was established in …………………………
(a) 1670
(b) 1770
(c) 1870
(d) 1872
Answer:
(b) 1770

Question 6.
The coins are issued by …………………………
(a) Ministry of Finance
(b) RBI
(c) Central Bank
(d) State Bank
Answer:
(a) Ministry of Finance

Question 7.
The amount of cash kept by commercial banks to meet the day to day transactions is known as …………………………
(a) Bank cash
(b) Commercial bank cash
(c) Reserve cash
(d) Cheque
Answer:
(c) Reserve cash

Question 8.
In India, Central bank is known as –
(a) SBI
(b) RBI
(c) Commercial bank
(d) IDBI
Answer:
(b) RBI

Question 9.
Open Market operations enable the ………………………… to reduce the money supply in the economy.
(o) Commercial bank
(b) SBI
(c) ICICI
(d) RBI
Answer:
(d) RBI

Question 10.
………………………… Bank Finance the Import and Export trade.
(a) Industrial Bank
(b) Exim Bank
(c) Co – operative Bank
(d) RBI
Answer:
(b) Exim Bank

Question 11.
Commercial Banks create credit in favour of the …………………………
(a) Consumers
(b) Business men
(c) Customers
(d) Agriculturists
Answer:
(c) Customers

Question 12.
………………………… is a non profit making financial institution of the country.
(a) Central Bank
(b) Commercial Bank
(c) Co – operative Bank
(d) Industrial Bank
Answer:

Question 13.
Extending banking facilities to the rural and semi urban areas is the promotional activity of the …………………………
(a) Co – operative Bank
(b) Commercial Bank
(c) RBI
(d) State Bank
Answer:
(a) Co – operative Bank

Question 14.
The qualitative credit control methods are also called …………………………
(a) Selective cash control
(b) Selective expenditure control
(c) Selective credit control
(d) Selective money control
Answer:
(c) Selective credit control

Question 15.
Withdraw money more than deposit is called …………………………
(a) Cash credit
(b) Discounting bill
(c) Current account
(d) Over draft
Answer:
(d) Over draft

Question 16.
………………………… help in proper allocation of funds among different regions of the economy.
(a) Central banks
(b) Co – operative banks
(c) Commercial banks
(d) Agriculture banks
Answer:
(c) Commercial banks

Question 17.
Lowering the Bank rate off sets ……………………….. tendencies.
(a) Deflationary
(b) Inflationary
(c) Stagflationary
(d) Hyper inflationary
Answer:
(a) Deflationary

Question 18.
The main aim of the Central bank is …………………………
(a) Full employment
(b) Economic stability
(c) Balance of payment
(d) International capital movement
Answer:
(b) Economic stability

Question 19.
………………………… Bank regulates the credit and currency according to the economic situation of the country.
(a) State
(b) Commercial
(c) RBI
(d) Agriculture
Answer:
(b) Economic stability

Question 20.
………………………… credit control method mean the Regulation and control of the supply of the credit among its possible users.
(a) Quantitative
(b) Qualitative
(c) General
(d) Possible
Answer:
(b) Qualitative

Question 21.
The issue of paper money is the most important function of a …………………………
(a) Commercial Bank
(b) Central Bank
(c) ICICI Bank
(d) State Bank
Answer:
(b) Central Bank

Question 22.
………………………… stimulate saving and investment.
(a) Credit
(b) Bank
(c) Debit
(d) Cheque
Answer:
(b) Bank

Question 23.
The commercial banks only deal in foreign exchange under the directions of the …………………………
(a) State bank
(b) Central bank
(c) Commercial bank
(d) Co – operative bank
Answer:
(b) Central bank

Question 24.
Fixed Deposits are otherwise known as …………………………
(a) Bank Deposits
(b) Customer’s Deposits
(c) Time Deposits
(d) Money Deposits
Answer:
(c) Time Deposits

Question 25.
The rate of interest of every Central bank is known as …………………………
(a) Interest rate
(b) Credit rate
(c) Debit rate
(d) Bank rate
Answer:
(d) Bank rate

II. Match the following and choose the correct answer by using codes given below.

Question 1.
A. Saving Deposits – (i) Official minimum rate
B. Cash credit – (ii) Cheque facilities
C. Bank rate – (iii) Facility to business man
D. Over draft – (iv) Collateral security
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)
(b) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(c) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)

Question 2.
A. Transfer of funds – (i) Buying and selling
B. Commercial bank – (ii) Clearing
C. Open market operation – (iii) Interest not given
D. Demand deposits – (iv) Profit making
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)
(b) A (i) B (iii) C (ii) D (iv)
(c) A (iii) B (ii) C (iv) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (iii) D (ii)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)

Question 3.
A. NBFI – (i) Monetary policy
B. Per Capita Income – (ii) Minimum amount of fund
C. Inflation – (iii) Economic growth
D. RTGS – (iv) Non – bank Financial Institution
Codes:
(a) A (iii) B (ii) C (iv) D (i)
(b) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
(c) A (ii) B (i) C (iii) D (iv)
(d) A (i) B (iv) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(b) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)

Question 4.
A. UTI – (i) Quantitative credit control
B. Open market operation – (ii) Mutual fund
C. Bank – (iii) Automatic Teller mechine
D. ATM – (iv) Financial Institution
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
(c) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
(d) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)
Answer:
(d) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)

Question 5.
A. NABARD – (i) Internet banking
B. SFC – (ii) Short term seasonal credit
C. Rationing of credit – (iii) State level institution
D. Online banking – (iv) Qualitative credit control of RBI
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
(c) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(c) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)

III. State whether the statements are true or false.

Question 1.
(i) Business men operates the current account deposits.
(ii) State Bank organization established EXIM Bank

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 2.
(i) The Central bank of a country acts as the banker, fiscal agent and advisor to the government.
(ii) The banks expand their loans resulting in the expansion of investment employment production and prices.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 3.
(i) NABARD provides agriculture finance to medium and long term basis.
(ii) Bank observed that credit is the lubricant of all commerce and trade.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 4.
(i) State Bank is the financial advisor to the government.
(ii) Central Bank possesses the monopoly of note issue.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true

Question 5.
(i) For maintaining saving deposits, cheque facilities can be enjoyed.
(ii) Fixed Deposits are otherwise known as time deposits.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

IV. Which of the following is correctly matched.

Question 1.
(a) EXIM Bank – Export and Import
(b) NABARD – Industrial finance
(c) Bank – Excess money
(d) Fixed Deposits – Bank saving
Answer:
(a) EXIM Bank – Export and Import

Question 2.
(a) CRR – Current Reserve Ratio
(b) Saving deposits – Cheque facilities
(c) Bank rate policy – High interest
(d) Adviser to government – SBI
Answer:
(b) Saving deposits – Cheque facilities

Question 3.
(a) ICICI Bank – Three tier Export Bank
(b) NABARD – Agriculture Finance
(c) IDBI – Co – operative Bank
(d) IFCI – State Bank
Answer:
(b) NABARD – Agriculture Finance

Question 4.
(a) South African Reserve Bank – 1921
(b) The Central bank of China – 1934
(c) The Reserve Bank of Newzealand – 1928
(d) The Reserve Bank of India – 1935
Answer:
(d) The Reserve Bank of India – 1935

Question 5.
(a) Forex cards – Smart card
(b) Paper currency – Legal tender
(c) Medium of Exchange – Functions of money
(d) CRR – Credit Reserve Ratio
Answer:
(c) Medium of Exchange – Functions of money

V. Which of the following is not correctly matched.

Question 1.
(a) RBI – Reserv e Bank of India
(b) SBI – State Bank of India
(c) IMF – International Monetary Fund
(d) ATM – Any Time Money
Answer:
(d) ATM – Any Time Money

Question 2.
(a) Qualitative credit control of RBI – Rationing of credit
(b) Agricultural credit department – To finance the rural sector
(c) NABARD – Short term seasonal credit
(d) UTI – Mutual fund
Answer:
(d) UTI – Mutual fund

Question 3.
(a) RBI – Central Bank of SBI
(b) ARDC – The agricultural refinance development corporation
(c) Bank Crdit – Bank loans and advances
(d) Moral suasion – Persuasion
Answer:
(a) RBI – Central Bank of SBI

Question 4.
(a) Traveler’s cheques – Group of people
(b) Credit creation – Multiplication of loans and advances
(c) Primary deposits – Passive deposits
(d) Bank – Financial Institution
Answer:
(a) Traveler’s cheques – Group of people

Question 5.
(a) RBI – Monetary authority
(b) Bank rate – Re – discounting
(c) Recession – Monetary policy
(d) Keynes – Economic growth
Answer:
(d) Keynes – Economic growth

Question 6.
(a) RTGS – Real Time Gross Settlement
(b) NEFT – National Electronic Fund Transfer
(c) ATM – Any Time Money
(d) SIDCO – Small Industrial Development Corporation
Answer:
(c) ATM – Any Time Money

VI. Pick the odd one out.

Question 1.
1. Commercial Bank Secondary Functions
(a) Agency functions
(b) General utility services
(c) Transfer of bank
(d) Credit creation
Answer:
(c) Transfer of bank

Question 2.
Functions of Central Bank
(a) Monetary Authority
(b) The issuer of currency
(c) Banker to the foreign level
(d) Banker’s Bank
Answer:
(c) Banker to the foreign level

Question 3.
The frequent methods of credit control under Selective method is called ……………………..
(a) Rationing of credit
(b) Direct Action of Industries
(c) Method of publicity
(d) Moral persuasion
Answer:
(b) Direct Action of Industries

Question 4.
Functions of ICICI is called ……………………..
(a) Assistance to Industries
(b) Merchant banking
(c) Credit bank operation
(d) Project promotion
Answer:
(c) Credit bank operation

Question 5.
The main objectives of Demonetisation ……………………..
(a) Removing black money from the country
(b) Stopping of corruption
(c) Stopping Terror Funds
(d) Fake notes given
Answer:
(d) Fake notes given

VII. Assertion and Reason.

Question 1.
Assertion (A): Commercial banks provide some utility services to the customers.
Reason (R): Credit creation leads to increased production, employment, sales and prices.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 2.
Assertion (A): Bank rate means re – discounting the first class securities.
Reason (R): Credit creation means not given loans and advances.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 3.
Assertion (A): Bank is service institution.
Reason (R): Commercial Bank is an institutions that provides accepting deposits and providing loans to the public.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true

Question 4.
Assertion (A): Credit creation leads to increase in production.
Reason (R): Credit creation means the multiplication of loans and advances.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 5.
Assertion (A): The objectives of demonetization is called issuing currency notes.
Reason (R): Black money accepted.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 6.
Assertion (A): Primary deposits are also called as passive deposits.
Reason (R): Passive deposits are also called as time deposits.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 1.
What is meaning of primary deposite and derived deposit?
Answer:

  1. The modem banks create deposits in two ways. They are primary deposit and derived deposit.
  2. When a customer gives cash to the bank and the bank creates a book debt in his name called a deposit, it is known as a “primary deposit”.
  3. But when such a deposit is created, without there being any prior payment of equivalent cash to the bank, it is called a ‘derived deposit’.

Question 2.
What are the functions of primary deposits?
Answer:
Primary Deposits:

  1. It is out of these primary deposits that the bank makes loans and advances to its customers.
  2. The initiative is taken by the customers themselves. In this case, the role of the bank is passive.
  3. So these deposits are also called “Passive deposits”.

Question 3.
What are the credit control measures?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 6 Banking

Question 4.
Define RBI Rural credit?
Answer:
Reserve Bank of India and Rural Credit:
In a developing econorqy like India, the Central bank of the country cannot confine itself to the monetary regulation only, and it is expected that it should take part in development function in all sectors especially in the agriculture and industry.

Question 5.
Write RBI granting Regional Rural Banks concessions?
Answer:
The RBI has been granting many concessions to RRBs:

    1. They are allowed to maintain cash reserve ratio at 3 per cent and statutory liquidity ratio at 25 per cent; and
    2. They also provide refinance facilities through NABARD.

Question 6.
Define Three Tier co – operative credit structure?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 6 Banking

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 1.
What are the functions of RBI agricultural credit?
Answer:
Role of RBI in agricultural credit:

  1. RBI has been playing a very vital role in the provision of agricultural finance in the country.
  2. The Bank’s responsibility in this field had been increased due to the predominance of agriculture in the Indian economy and the inadequacy of the formal agencies to cater to the huge requirements of the sector.
  3. In order to fulfill this important role effectively, the RBI set up a separate Agriculture Credit Department.
  4. However, the volume of informal loans has not declined sufficiently.

Question 2.
What are the ARDC – objectives?
Answer:
Objectives of the ARDC:

  1. To provide necessary funds by way of refinance to eligible institutions such as the Central Land Development Banks, State Co – operative Banks, and Scheduled banks.
  2. To subscribe to the debentures floated by the Central Land Development banks, State Co-operative Banks, and Scheduled banks, provided they were approved by the RBI.

Question 3.
Describe the functions of IDBI?
Answer:
Functions of IDBI:

  1. The functions of IDBI fall into two groups
    1. Assistance to other financial institutions; and –
    2. Direct assistance to industrial concerns either on its own or in participation with other institutions.
  2. The IDBI can provide refinance in respect of term loans to industrial concerns given by the IFC, the SFCs, other financial institutions notified by the Government, scheduled banks and state cooperative banks.
  3. A special feature of the IDBI is the provision for the creation of a special fund known as the Development Assistance Fund.
  4. The fund is intended to provide assistance to industries which require heavy investments with low anticipated rate of return.
  5. Such industries may not be able to get assistance in the normal course.
  6. The financing of exports was also undertaken by the IDBI till the establishment of EXIM BANK in March, 1982.

Question 4.
Difference between NEFT and RTGS?
Answer:
NEFT:

  1. National electronic Fund Transfer
  2. Transactions happens in batches hence slow
  3. Timings: 8:00 am to 6:30 pm (12:30 pm on Saturday)
  4. No minimum limit

RTGS:

  1. Real Time Gross Settlement
  2. Transactions happens in real time hence fast
  3. Timings : 9:00 am to 4:30 pm (1:30 pm on Saturday)
  4. Minimum amount for RTGS transfer is ₹ 2 lakhs

Question 5.
What is E – Banking?
Answer:

  1. Online banking, also known as internet banking, is an electronic payment system that enables customers of a bank or other financial institution to conduct a range of financial transactions through the financial institution’s website.
  2. The online banking system typically connects to or be part of the core banking system operated by a bank and is in contrast to branch banking which was the traditional way customers accessed banking services.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In One Page.

Question 1.
Describe the frequent methods of selective method credit control?
Answer:
Qualitative or Selective Method of Credit Control:

  1. The qualitative or the selective methods are directed towards the diversion of credit into particular uses or channels in the economy.
  2. Their objective is mainly to control and regulate the flow of credit into particular industries or businesses.
  3. The following are the frequent methods of credit control under selective method:
  4. Rationing of Credit:
    1. Direct Action
    2. Moral Persuasion
    3. Method of Publicity
    4. Regulation of Consumer’s Credit
    5. Regulating the Marginal Requirements on Security Loans
    6. Rationing of Credit:

1. Rationing of Credit:

  • This is the oldest method of credit control.
  • Rationing of credit as an instrument of credit control was first used by the Bank of England by the end of the 18th Century.
  • It aims to control and regulate the purposes for which credit is granted by commercial banks. It is generally of two types.

(I) The variable portfolio ceiling:
It refers to the system by which the central bank fixes ceiling or maximum amount of loans and advances for every commercial bank.

(II) The variable capital asset ratio:
It refers to the system by which the central bank fixes the ratio which the capital of the commercial bank should have to the total assets of the bank.

2. Direct Action:
Direct action against the erring banks can take the following forms.

  • The central bank may refuse to altogether grant discounting facilities to such banks.
  • The central bank may refuse to sanction further financial accommodation to a bank whose existing borrowing are found to be in excess of its capital and reserves.
  • The central bank may start charging penal rate of interest on money borrowed by a bank beyond the prescribed limit.

3. Moral Suasion:

  • This method is frequently adopted by the Central Bank to exercise control over the Commercial Banks.
  • Under this method Central Bank gives advice, then requests and persuades the Commercial Banks to co-operate with the Central Bank in implementing its credit policies.

4. Publicity:

  • Central Bank in order to make their policies successful, take the course of the medium of publicity.
  • A policy can be effectively successful only when an effective public opinion is created in its favour.

5. Regulation of Consumer’s Credit:

  • The down payment is raised and the number of installments reduced for the credit sale, (vz) Changes in the Marginal Requirements on Security Loans:
  • This system is mostly followed in U.S.A.
  • Under this system, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has been given the power to prescribe margin requirements for the purpose of preventing an excessive use of credit for stock exchange speculation.

Question 2.
Describe the Merger of Banks?
Answer:
Merger of Banks:

1. Union Cabinet decided to merge all the remaining five associate banks of State Bank Group with State Bank of India in 2017.

2. After the Parliament passed the merger Bill, the subsidiary banks have ceased to exist.

3. Five associates and the Bharatiya Mahila Bank have become the part of State Bank of India (SBI) beginning April 1, 2017.

4. This has placed State Bank of India among the top 50 banks in the world.

5. The five associate banks that were merged are State Bank of Bikaner and Jaipur (SBBJ), State Bank of Hyderabad (SBH), State Bank of Mysore (SBM), State Bank of Patiala (SBP) and State Bank of Travancore (SBT).

6. The other two Associate Banks namely State Bank of Indore and State Bank of Saurashtra had already been merged with State Bank of India.

7. After the merger, the total customer base of SBI increased to 37 crore with a branch network of around 24,000 and around 60,000 ATMs across the country.

Question 3.
Briefly describe the ATM?
Answer:
ATM (Automated Teller Machine):

  1. ATMs transformed the bank tech system when they were first introduced in 1967.
  2. The next revolution in ATMs is likely to involve contactless payments.
  3. Much like Apple Pay or Google Wallet, soon we will be able to conduct contactless ATM transactions using a smartphone.
  4. Some ATM innovations are already available overseas.
  5. For example, biometric authentication is already used in India, and its recognition is in place at Qatar National Bank ATMs.
  6. These technologies can help overall bank security by protecting against ATM hacks.

Question 4.
Explain the State Industrial Development Corporations?
Answer:
State Industrial Development Corporations (SIDCOs):

  • The Industrial Development Corporations have been set up by the state governments and they are wholly owned by them.
  • These institutions are not merely financing agencies; they are entrusted with the responsibility of accelerating the industrialization of their states.

SIDCO (Small Industrial Development Corporation):

  • SIDCOs provide financial assistance to industrial concerns by way of loans guarantees and underwriting of or direct subscriptions to shares and debentures.
  • In addition to these, they undertake various promotional activities, such as conducting techno-economic surveys, project identification, preparation of feasibility studies and selection and training of entrepreneurs.
  • They also promote joint sector projects in association with private promoter in such type of projects.
  • SIDCOs take 26 percent, private co-promoter takes 25 percent of the equity, and the rest is offered to the investing public.
  • SIDCOs undertake the development of industrial areas by providing all infrastructural facilities and initiation of new growth centers.
  • They also administer various State government incentive schemes.
  • SIDCOs get refinance facilities form IDBI.
  • They also borrow through bonds and accept deposits.

Share this Tamilnadu State Board 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 6 Banking Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the grammar issues in exams. Keep visiting this site frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 3 Theories of Employment and Income

Students of 12th can get the pdf links of Tamilnadu State Board Economics Solutions here. You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Book Solutions Chapter 3 Theories of Employment and Income Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 3 Theories of Employment and Income

It is very important to put the textbook aside while preparing for the exams. So, if you follow Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Chapter 3 Theories of Employment and Income Questions and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Theories of Employment and Income Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – A
Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
Every able bodied person who is willing to work at the prevailing wage rate is employed called as –
(a) Full employment
(b) Under employment
(c) Unemployment
(d) Employment opportunity
Answer:
(a) Full employment

Question 2.
Structural unemployment is a feature in a –
(a) Static society
(b) Socialist society
(c) Dynamic society
(d) Mixed economy
Answer:
(c) Dynamic society

Question 3.
In disguised unemployment, the marginal productivity of labour is –
(a) Zero
(b) One
(c) Two
(d) Positive
Answer:
(a) Zero

Question 4.
The main concention of the Classical Economic Theory is –
(a) Under employment
(b) Economy is always in the state of equilibrium
(c) Demand creates its supply
(d) Imperfect competition
Answer:
(b) Economy is always in the state of equilibrium

Question 5.
J.B. Say is a –
(a) Neo Classical Economist
(b) Classical Economist
(c) Modem Economist
(d) New Economist
Answer:
(b) Classical Economist

Question 6.
According to Keynes, which type of unemployment prevails in capitalist economy?
(a) Full employment
(b) Voluntary unemployment
(c) Involuntary unemployment
(d) Under employment
Answer:
(d) Under employment

Question 7.
The core of the classical theory of employment is –
(a) Law of Diminishing Return
(b) Law of Demand
(c) Law of Markets
(d) Law of Consumption
Answer:
(c) Law of Markets

Question 8.
Keynes attributes unemployment to –
(a) A lack of effective supply
(b) A lock of effective demand
(c) Alack of both
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) A lock of effective demand

Question 9.
…………………… Flexibility brings equality between saving and investment.
(a) Demand
(b) Supply
(c) Capital
(d) Interest
Answer:
(d) Interest

Question 10.
……………………. theory is a turning point in the development of modem economic theory.
(a) Keynes’
(b) Say’s
(c) Classical
(d) Employment.
Answer:
(a) Keynes’

Question 11.
The basic concept used in Keynes Theory of Employment and Income is –
(a) Aggregate demand
(b) Aggregate supply
(c) Effective demand
(d) Marginal Propensity Consume
Answer:
(c) Effective demand

Question 12.
The component of aggregate demand is –
(a) Personal demand
(b) Government expenditure
(c) Only export
(d) Omli import
Answer:
(b) Government expenditure

Question 13.
Aggregate supply is equal to –
(a) C +1 + G
(b) C + S + G + (x – m)
(c) C + S + T + (x-m)
(d) C + S + T + Rf
Answer:
(d) C + S + T + Rf

Question 14.
Keynes theory pursues to replace laissez faire by –
(a) No government intervention
(b) Maximum intervention
(c) State intervention in certain situation
(d) Private sector intervention
Answer:
(c) State intervention in certain situation

Question 15.
In Keynes theory of employment and income, ……………………… is the basic cause of economic depression.
(a) Less production
(b) More demand
(c) Inelastic supply
(d) Less aggregate demand in relation to productive capacity.
Answer:
(d) Less aggregate demand in relation to productive capacity.

Question 16.
Classical theory advocates –
(a) Balanced budget
(b) Unbalanced budget
(c) Surplus budget
(d) Deficit budget
Answer:
(a) Balanced budget

Question 17.
Keynes theory emphasized on ……………………….. equilibrium.
(a) Very short run
(b) Short run
(c) Very long run
(d) Long run
Answer:
(b) Short run

Question 18.
According to classical theory, rate of interest is a reward for –
(a) Investment
(b) Demand
(c) Capital
(d) Saving
Answer:
(d) Saving

Question 19.
In Keynes theory, the demand for and supply of money are determined by –
(a) Rate of interest
(b) Effective demand
(c) Aggregate demand
(d) Aggregate supply
Answer:
(a) Rate of interest

Question 20.
Say’s law stressed the operation of ……………………… in the economy.
(a) Induced price mechanism
(b) Automatic price mechanism
(c) Induced demand
(d) Induced investment
Answer:
(b) Automatic price mechanism

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 21.
Define full employment?
Answer:
Full employment refers to a situation in which every able bodied person who is willing to work at the prevailing wage rate, is employed. In other words full employment means that persons who are willing to work and able to work must have employment or a job.

Question 22.
What is the main feature of rural unemployment?
Answer:

  1. India’s rural economy has both unemployment and underemployment.
  2. The major feature of rural unemployment is the existence of unemployment in the form of disguised unemployment and seasonal unemployment.
  3. In agriculture and agro based industries like sugar, production activities are carried out only in some seasons.

Question 23.
Give short note on frictional unemployment?
Answer:
Frictional Unemployment (Temporary Unemployment):

  1. Frictional unemployment arises due to imbalance between supply of labour and demand for labour.
  2. This is because of immobility of labour, lack of necessary skills, break down of machinery, shortage of raw materials etc.
  3. The persons who lose jobs and in search of jobs are also included under frictional unemployment.

Question 24.
Give reasons for labour retrenchment at present situation?
Answer:

  1. Modem technology being capital intensive requires less labourers and contributes to ’ technological unemployment.
  2. Now a days, invention and innovations lead to the adoption of new techniques there by the existing workers are retrenched.
  3. Labour saving devices are responsible for technological unemployment.

Question 25.
List out the assumptions of Say’s law?
Answer:
The Say’s Law of market is based on the following assumptions:

  1. No single buyer or seller of commodity or an input can affect price.
  2. Full employment.
  3. People are motivated by self interest and self – interest determines economic decisions.
  4. The laissez faire policy is essential for an automatic and self adjusting process of full employment equilibrium. Market forces determine everything right.
  5. There will be a perfect competition in labour and product market.
  6. There is wage-price flexibility.
  7. Money acts only as a medium of exchange.
  8. Long – run analysis.
  9. There is no possibility for over production or unemployment.

Question 26.
What is effective demand?
Answer:

  1. The starting point of Keynes theory of employment and income is the principle of effective demand.
  2. Effective demand denotes money actually spent by the people on products of industry.
  3. The money which entrepreneurs receive is paid in the form of rent, wages, interest and profit.
  4. Therefore effective demand equals national income.

Question 27.
What are the components of aggregate supply?
Answer:
Aggregate demand has the following four components:

  1. Consumption demand
  2. Investment demand
  3. Government expenditure and
  4. Net Export (export – import)

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In A Paragraph.

Question 28.
Explain the following in short:

  1. Seasonal unemployment
  2. Frictional unemployment
  3. Educated unemployment

Answer:
Seasonal Unemployment:

  1. This type of unemployment occurs during certain seasons of the year.
  2. In agriculture and agro based industries like sugar,production activities are carried out only in some seasons.
  3. These industries offer employment only during that season in a year. Therefore people may remain unemployed during the off season.
  4. Seasonal unemployment happens from demand side also; for example ice cream industry, holiday resorts etc.

Frictional Unemployment (Temporary Unemployment):

  1. Frictional unemployment arises due to imbalance between supply of labour and demand for labour.
  2. This is because of immobility of labour, lack of necessary skills, break down of machinery, shortage of raw materials etc.
  3. The persons who lose jobs and in search of jobs are also included under frictional unemployment.

Educated Unemployment:

  1. Sometimes educated people are underemployed or unemployed when qualification does not match the job.
  2. Faulty education system, lack of employable skills, mass student turnout and preference for white collar jobs are highly responsible for educated unemployment in India.

Question 29.
According to classical theory of employment, how wage reduction solves the problem of unemployment? Diagrammatically explain?
Answer:
The classical theory of employment assumes that the economy operates at the level of full employment without inflation in the long period. It also assumes that wages and prices of goods are flexible and the competitive market exists in the economy (laissez – faire economy). According to the classical theory of employment, full employment condition can be achieved by cutting down the wage rate. Unemployment would be eliminated when wages are determined by the mechanism of economy itself. The following figure shows the relationship between wage rate and employment:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Chapter 3 Theories of Employment and Income
In the figure, when the wage rate is OW, then the employment is ON. As the wage rate is reduced to OW1, then the employment has increased to ON1. Prof. Pigou has taken this theory as base for developing the solution of unemployment problem.

Question 30.
Write short note on the implications of Say’s law?
Answer:
Implications of Say’s Law:

  1. There is no possibility for over production or unemployment.
  2. If there exist unutilized resources in the economy, it is profitable to employ them up to the point of full employment. This is true under the condition that factors are willing to accept rewards on a par with their productivity.
  3. As automatic price mechanism operates in the economy, there is no need for government intervention. (However, J.M. Keynes emphasized the role of the State)
  4. Interest flexibility brings about equality between saving and investment.
  5. Money performs only the medium of exchange function in the economy, as people will not hold idle money.

Question 31.
Explain Keynes’ theory in the form of flow chart?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Chapter 3 Solutions Theories of Employment and Income

Question 32.
What do you mean by aggregate demand? Mention its components?
Answer:

  1. The aggregate demand is the amount of money which entrepreneurs expect to get by selling the output produced by the number of labourers employed.
  2. Therefore, it is the expected income or revenue from the sale of output at different levels of employment.
  3. Aggregate demand has the following four components:
    1. Consumption demand
    2. InvestmenTdemand
    3. Government expenditure and
    4. Net Export (export – import)

Question 33.
Explain about aggregate supply with the help of diagram?
Answer:

  1. Aggregate supply function is an increasing function of the level of employment.
  2. Aggregate supply refers to the value of total output of goods and services produced in an economy in a year.
  3. In other words, aggregate supply is equal to the value of national product, i.e., national income.
  4. Aggregate Supply = C + S + T + Rf = Aggregate income generated in the economy.
  5. The following figure shows the shape of the two aggregate supply curves drawn for the assumption of fixed money wages and variable wages.

Aggregate Supply Curve

  1. Z curve is linear where money wages remains fixed; Z<sub>1</sub> curve is non – linear since wage rate increases with employment.
  2. When full employment level of Nf is reached it is impossible to increase output by employing more men.
  3. So aggregate supply curve becomes inelastic (Vertical straight line).
  4. The slope of the aggregate supply curve depends on the relation between the employment and productivity.
  5. Based upon this relation, the aggregate supply curve can be expected to slope upwards.
  6. In reality the aggregate supply curve will be like Z1
  7. Therefore, the aggregate supply depends on the relationship between price and wages.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Chapter 3 Solutions Theories of Employment and Income

Question 34.
Write any five differences between classism and Keynesianism?
Answer:
Comparison of Classicism and Keynesianism
Keynesianism:

  1. Short – run equilibrium Saving is a vice
  2. The function of money is a medium of exchange on the one side and a store of value on the other side.
  3. Macro approach to national problems
  4. State intervention is advocated

Classicism:

  1. Long – run equilibrium
  2. Saving is a social virtue
  3. The function of money is to act as a medium of exchange.
  4. Micro foundation to macro problems
  5. Champions of Laissez – fair policy

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In One Page.

Question 35.
Describe the types of unemployment?
Answer:
The following are the types of unemployment.
Types of unemployment:

  1. Cyclical Unemployment
  2. Frictional Unemployment
  3. Technical Unemployment
  4. Disguised Unemployment
  5. Seasonal Unemployment
  6. Educated Unemployment
  7. Structural Unemployment

1. Cyclical Unemployment:

  1. This unemployment exists during the downturn phase of trade cycle in the economy.
  2. In a business cycle during the period of recession and depression, income and output fall leading to widespread unemployment.
  3. It is caused by deficiency of effective demand.
  4. Cyclical unemployment can be cured by public investment or expansionary monetary policy.

2. Seasonal Unemployment:

  1. This type of unemployment occurs during certain seasons of the year.
  2. In agriculture and agro based industries like sugar, production activities are carried out only in some seasons.
  3. These industries offer employment only during that season in a year. Therefore people may remain unemployed during the off season.
  4. Seasonal unemployment happens from demand side also; for example ice cream industry, holiday resorts etc.

3. Frictional Unemployment (Temporary Unemployment):

  1. Frictional unemployment arises due to imbalance between supply of labour and demand for labour.
  2. This is because of immobility of labour, lack of necessary skills, break down of machinery, shortage of raw materials etc.
  3. The persons who lose jobs and in search of jobs are also included under frictional unemployment.

4. Educated Unemployment:

  1. Sometimes educated people are underemployed or unemployed when qualification does not match the job.
  2. Faulty education system, lack of employable skills, mass student turnout and preference for white collar jobs are highly responsible for educated unemployment in India.

5. Technical Unemployment:

  1. Modem technology being capital intensive requires less labourers and contributes to technological unemployment.
  2. Now a days, invention and innovations lead to the adoption of new techniques there by the existing workers are retrenched.
  3. Labour saving devices are responsible for technological unemployment.

6. Structural Unemployment:

  1. Structural unemployment is due to drastic change in the structure of the society.
  2. Lack of demand for the product or shift in demand to other products cause this type of unemployment.
  3. For example rise in demand for mobile phones has adversely affected the demand for cameras, tape recorders etc.
  4. So this kind of unemployment results from massive and deep rooted changes in economic structure.

7. Disguised Unemployment:

  1. Disguised unemployment occurs when more people are than what is actually required.
  2. Even if some workers are withdrawn, production does not suffer.
  3. This type of unemployment is found in agriculture.
  4. A person is said to be disguisedly by unemployed if his contribution to output is less than what he can produce by working for normal hours per day.
  5. In this situation, marginal productivity of labour is zero or less or negative.

Question 36.
Critically explain Say’s law of market?
Answer:
Criticisms of Say’s Law:
The following are the criticisms against Say’s law:

  1. According to Keynes, supply does not create its demand. It is not applicable where demand does not increase as much as production increases.
  2. Automatic adjustment process will not remove unemployment. Unemployment can be removed by increase in the rate of investment.
  3. Money is not neutral. Individuals hold money for unforeseen contingencies while businessmen keep cash reserve for future activities.
  4. Say’s law is based on the proposition that supply creates its own demand and there is no over production. Keynes said that over production is possible.
  5. Keynes regards full employment as a special case because there is under – employment in capitalist economies.
  6. The need for state intervention arises in the case of general over production and mass unemployment.

Question 37.
Narrate the equilibrium between ADF and ASF with diagram? Equilibrium between ADF and ASF?
Answer:

  • Under the Keynes theory of employment, a simple two sector economy consisting of the household sector and the business sector is taken to understand the equilibrium between ADF and ASF.
  • All the decisions concerning consumption expenditure are taken by the individual households, while the business firms take decisions concerning investment.
  • It is also assumed that consumption function is linear and planned investment is autonomous.
  • There are two approaches to determination of the equilibrium level of income in Keynesian theory. These are:
    1. Aggregate demand – Aggregate supply approach
    2. Saving – Investment approach –
  • In this chapter, out of these two, aggregate demand and aggregate supply approach is alone explained to understand the determination of equilibrium level of income and employment.
  • The concept of effective demand is more clearly shown in the figure.
  • In the figure, the aggregate demand and aggregate supply reach equilibrium at point E. The employment level is N0 at that point.
  • At ON1 employment, the aggregate supply is N, Rr But they are able to produce M1 N1 The expected level of profit is M1, R1
  • To attain this level of profit, entrepreneurs will employ more labourers.
  • The tendency to employ more labour will stop once they reach point E.
  • At all levels of employment beyond, ON0, the aggregate demand curve is below the aggregate supply curve indicating loss to the producers.
  • Hence they will never employ more than ON0 labour.
  • Thus effective demand concept becomes a crucial point in determining the equilibrium level of output in the capitalist economy or a free market economy in the Keynesian system.
  • It is important to note that the equilibrium level of employment need not be the full employment level (N<sub>1</sub>) from the Figure, it is understood that the difference between N0 – N0 is the level of unemployment.
  • Thus the concept of effective demand becomes significant in explaining the under employment equilibrium.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Chapter 3 Solutions Theories of Employment and Income

Question 38.
Explain the differences between classical theory and Keynes theory?
Answer:
Keynesianism:

  1. Short – run equilibrium
  2. Saving is a vice
  3. The function of money is a medium of exchange on the one side and a store of value on the other side.
  4. Macro approach to national problems
  5. State intervention is advocated.
  6. Applicable to all situations – full employment and less than full employment.
  7. Capitalism has inherent contradictions
  8. Budgeting should be adjusted to the requirements of economy.
  9. The equality between saving and investment is advanced through changes in income.
  10. Rate of interest is determined by the demand for and supply of money.
  11. Rate of interest is a flow.
  12. Demand creates its own supply.
  13. Rate of interest is a reward for parting with liquidity.

Classicism:

  1. Long – run equilibrium
  2. Saving is a social virtue.
  3. The function of money is to act as a medium of exchange
  4. Micro foundation to macro problems
  5. Champions of Laissez – fair policy
  6. Applicable only to the full employment situation.
  7. Capitalism is well and good.
  8. Balanced budget
  9. The equality between saving and investment is achieved through changes of rate of interest.
  10. Rate of interest is determined by saving and investment.
  11. Rate of interest is a stock.
  12. Supply creates its own demand.
  13. Rate of interest is a reward for saving.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Theories of Employment and Income Addtional Questions and Answers

Part – A
I. Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
Who is one of the greatest and most influential economist?
(a) J.M. Keynes
(b) Adam Smith
(c) Marshall
(d) Simon Kuznets
Answer:
(a) J.M. Keynes

Question 2.
Keynes book “The General theory of Employment, Interest and Money” published in –
(a) 1926
(b) 1936
(c) 1946
(d) 1956
Answer:
(b) 1936

Question 3.
The total stock of money circulating in an Economy is called –
(a) Money
(b) Capital
(c) Money Supply
(d) Finance
Answer:
(c) Money Supply

Question 4.
The …………………… function depends upon Income of the people and marginal propensity to consume?
(a) demand
(b) consumption
(c) supply
(d) marginal
Answer:
(b) consumption

Question 5.
Every economy in the world aims at attaining the level of –
(a) full employment
(b) under employment
(c) un employment
(d) employment opportunity
Answer:
(a) full employment

Question 6.
…………………… is an increasing function of the level of employment –
(a) Aggregate supply function
(b) Aggregate demand function
(c) Aggregate consumption function
(d) Aggregate consumption expenditure
Answer:
(a) Aggregate supply function

Question 7.
Effective demand signifies the money spent on consumption of goods and services and on –
(a) capital
(b) investment
(c) profit
(d) finance
Answer:
(b) investment

Question 8.
Who has given importance to the concept of liquidity preference?
(a) Kuznet
(b) Marshall
(c) Keynes
(d) Adam Smith
Answer:
(c) Keynes

Question 9.
…………………….. was a French Economist and an Industrialist?
(a) J.B. Say
(b) Keynes
(c) Adam Smith
(d) David Ricardo
Answer:
(a) J.B. Say

Question 10.
Frictional unemployment another name is called –
(a) Educated unemployment
(b) Seasonal unemployment
(c) Temporary unemployment
(d) Technical unemployment
Answer:
(c) Temporary unemployment

Question 11.
Discussed unemployment is mostly found in –
(a) agriculture
(b) sericulture
(c) industry
(d) architecture
Answer:
(a) agriculture

Question 12.
The main reason for massive unemployment is poor –
(a) economic planning
(b) educational planning
(c) military planning
(d) man power planning
Answer:
(d) man power planning

Question 13.
The Employment Assurance Scheme was launched in the year –
(a) 1983
(b) 1993
(c) 2003
(d) 2013
Answer:
(b) 1993

Question 14.
Cyclical unemployment is caused by …………………………. cycles.
(a) business
(b) money
(c) trade
(d) finance
Answer:
(c) trade

Question 15.
The problem of rural unemployment can be solved only by ………………………….. agriculture.
(a) modernising
(b) agro based
(c) innovative
(d) new method followed
Answer:
(a) modernising

Question 16.
Unemployment is classified as voluntary unemployment and –
(a) involuntary unemployment
(b) cyclical unemployment
(c) rural unemployment
(d) seasonal unemployment
Answer:
(b) cyclical unemployment

Question 17.
Existence of Joint Family System in India promotes –
(a) educational unemployment
(b) disguised unemployment
(c) seasonal unemployment
(d) voluntary unemployment
Answer:
(b) disguised unemployment

Question 18.
Educated and skilled persons who may not accept casual work. This is called ………………………. unemployment.
(a) closed
(b) open
(c) seasonal
(d) disguised unemployment
Answer:
(b) open

Question 19.
………………………. law of market was the basis for assuming the situation of full employment.
(a) J.B. Say
(b) Keynes
(c) Marshall
(d) Lemer
Answer:
(a) J.B. Say

Question 20.
The aggregate effective demand would increase the level of –
(a) unemployment
(b) employment
(c) cyclical unemployment
(d) open unemployment
Answer:
(b) employment

Question 21.
…………………. refers to the labour force of a country.
(a) Employment
(b) Unemployment
(c) Full employment
(d) Open employment
Answer:
(c) Full employment

Question 22.
…………………. means that persons who are willing to work and able to work must have employment or a job?
(a) Full employment
(b) Unemployment
(c) Educational unemployment
(d) Seasonal unemployment
Answer:
(a) Full employment

Question 23.
………………….. is the principle of effective demand?
(a) Profit
(b) Income
(c) Money
(d) Interest
Answer:
(a) Profit

Question 24.
When goods are produced by firms in the economy, they pay reward to the factors of the production is called –
(a) J.M. Keynes
(b) Adam Smith
(c) J.B. Say
(d) Ricardo
Answer:
(c) J.B. Say

Question 25.
…………………….. defines “Full employment as that level of employment at which any further increase in spending would resort in an inflationary spiral of wages and prices”
(a) Lemer
(b) J.M. Keynes
(c) J.B. Say
(d) Adam Smith
Answer:
(a) Lemer

II. Match the following and choose the correct answer by using codes given below

Question 1.
A. Full employment – (i) Qualified job
B. Educated unemployment – (ii) Deficiency of effective demand
C. Cyclical unemployment – (iii) During season of the year
D. Seasonal unemployment – (iv) Learner
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)
(c) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
(d) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(c) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)

Question 2.
A. Public Investment – (i) Temporary unemployment
B. Production activities only in Some seasons – (ii) Deficiency of effective demand
C. Frictional unemployment – (iii) During season of the year
D. Educated unemployment – (iv) Learner
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (ii) C (iv) D (i)
(c) A (i) B (iii) C (ii) D (iv)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (iii) D (ii)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)

Question 3.
A. ED – (i) Income of the people
B. ADF – (ii) Y = C + I = Output = Employment
C. ASF – (iii) C + I + G + (X – M)
D. CF – (iv) C + S + T + Rf = Aggregate Income generated in the economy
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (i)
(c) A (iv) B (ii) C (i) D (iii)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
Answer:
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)

Question 4.
A. Keynes concept – (i) Aggregate spending
B. Demand – (ii) Liquidity preference
C. Aggregate supply – (iii) To spend on domestic output
D. Aggregate demand – (iv) The value of national product
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(b) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)

Question 5.
A. Keynesianism – (i) Long run – equilibrium
B. Classicism – (ii) Short run – equilibrium
C. Keynesianism – (iii) State intervention is advocated
D. Classicism – (iv) Saving is a vice
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)
(b) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D(i)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)

III. State whether the statements are true or false

Question 1.
(i) The function of money is a medium of exchange on the one side and a store of value on the other side is called Keynesianism.
(ii) Macro approach to national problems.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 2.
(i) Aggregate demand has the four components are consumption demand, investment demand, Government expenditure and Net export.
(ii) Aggregate demand refers to the required amount of labourers and materials to produce the neccessary output.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 3.
(i) Keynesian theory is – Aggregate demand – Aggregate supply approach. Saving – Investment approach.
(ii) This approach explained the determination level of Income and employment.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 4.
(i) Effective demand denotes money actually spent by the people on products of Industry and agriculture.
(ii) Effective demand equals to State Income.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false

Question 5.
(i) “Supply creates its own Demand”.
(ii) The aggregate demand and aggregate supply reach equilibrium at point ‘E’.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

IV. Which of the following is correctly matched

Question 1.
(a) Seasonal unemployment – Type of unemployment
(b) Technical unemployment – Some season only
(c) Cyclical unemployment – Public capital
(d) Full employment – Not willing to job
Answer:
(a) Seasonal unemployment – Type of unemployment

Question 2.
(a) Frictional unemployment – Permanant
(b) Educated unemployment – White collar jobs
(c) Structural unemployment – In search job
(d) Disguised unemployment – Found in industry
Answer:
(b) Educated unemployment – White collar jobs

Question 3.
(a) Keynes – A general theory
(b) Aggregate supply – A level of money
(c) Keynesianism – Champions of Laissez – Faire
(d) Effective demand – Classical Economy
Answer:
(a) Keynes – A general theory

Question 4.
(a) Effective demand – Income Effective
(b) Aggregate demand – Money demand
(c) Say’s law – Supply creates own demand
(d) Aggregate supply – Money supply
Answer:
(c) Say’s law – Supply creates own demand

Question 5.
(a) J.B. Say – Industrialist
(b) Adam Smith – Classical Economist
(c) David Ricardo – Capitalist Economist
(d) Lemer – Socialist
Answer:
(a) J.B. Say – Industrialist

V. Which of the following is not correctly matched

Question 1.
(a) Say’s law of Market – Classical theory of Employment
(b) Adam Smith – Wealth of nations
(c) Keynes – The General theory of Employment, Interest and Money
(d) A.C. Pigou – French Economist
Answer:
(d) A.C. Pigou – French Economist

Question 2.
(a) Full Employment – Willing to work and able to work
(b) Unemployment – Cannot find suitable job
(c) Underemployment – Not fully utilized
(d) Disguised unemployment – More people not working
Answer:
(d) Disguised unemployment – More people not working

Question 3.
(a) Keynes – Liquidity preference
(b) Aggregate demand – Consumption demand
(c) Consumption function – Money supply
(d) Marginal effeciency of capital – Investment level
Answer:
(c) Consumption function – Money supply

Question 4.
(a) Effective demand – Y = C + I = Output = Employment
(b) Aggregate supply – C + S + T + Rf = Aggregate Income
(c) Aggregate demand – C + I + G + (X – M)
(d) Aggregate private saving – C + S + T
Answer:
(d) Aggregate private saving – C + S + T

Question 5.
(a) Keynesianism – Capitalism has inherant contradictions
(b) Classism – Capitalism well and good
(c) Keynesian theory – Saving – Investment approach
(d) Frictional – Full employment
Answer:
(d) Frictional – Full employment

VI. Pick the odd one out

Question 1.
Types of unemployment
(a) Cyclical unemployment
(b) Seasonal unemployment
(c) Frictional unemployment
(d) nature unemployment
Answer:
(d) nature unemployment

Question 2.
Classical theory was developed by –
(a) David Ricardo
(b) Adam Smith
(c) J.S. Mill
(d) J.B. Say
Answer:
(b) Adam Smith

Question 3.
The Say’s law of Market Assumptions are –
(a) No single buyer
(b) Full employment
(c) Money is not neutral
(d) Wage flexibility
Answer:
(c) Money is not neutral

Question 4.
Keynesianism is called –
(a) Short run equilibrium
(b) saving is social virtue
(c) Macro approach to national problems
(d) State intervention is advocated
Answer:
(b) Saving is social virtue

Question 5.
Classicism is called –
(a) Capatalism is well and good
(b) Balanced Budget
(c) savinf is vice
(d) Micro foundation to Macro problems
Answer:
(c) Saving is vice

VII. Assertion and Reason

Question 1.
Assertion (A): Modem technology being capital intensive requires less labourers, and contributes to technological unemployment.
Reason (R): Now – a – days invention and innovations lead to the adoption of new techniques there by the existing workers are retrenched.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are tme and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are tme but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is tme but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is tme .
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are tme and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 2.
Assertion (A): According to say, “when goods are produced by firms in the Economy”.
Reason (R): There was no single theory which could be labeled as classical theory of employment.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are tme and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 3.
Assertion (A): Keynes book “The General theory of Employment, Interest and Money” published in 1916.
Reason (R): A turning point in the development of modem economic theory – Keynes.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true

Question 4.
Assertion (A): Aggregate supply function is increasing function of the level of employment.
Reason (R): Aggregate supply is only state product.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 5.
Assertion (A): Keynesianism is Macro approach to national problems.
Reason (R): Keynesianism is state intervention is advocated.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are tme and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(.b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are tme but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is tme but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is tme
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is tme

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences

Question 1.
Write two approaches of the equilibrium level of Income in Keynesian theory?
Answer:
There are two approaches te determination of the equilibrium level of income in Keynesian theory. These are:

  1. Aggregate demand – Aggregate supply approach
  2. Saving – Investment approach

Question 2.
Define “Unemployment”?
Answer:
Unemployment:
When there are people, who are willing to work and able to work but cannot find suitable jobs.

Question 3.
Define “Marginal propensity to consume”?
Answer:
Marginal Propensity to Consume is the additional consumption due to an additional unit of income.

Question 4.
Write the types of unemployment?
Answer:
Types of unemployment:

  1. Cyclical Unemployment
  2. Frictional Unemployment
  3. Technical Unemployment
  4. Disguised Unemployment
  5. Seasonal Unemployment
  6. Educated Unemployment
  7. Structural Unemployment

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 1.
Explain the Aggregate Demand Function with Diagram?
Answer:

  1. In the Keynesian model, output is determined mainly by aggregate demand.
  2. The aggregate demand is the amount of money which entrepreneurs expect to get by selling the output produced by the number of labourers employed.
  3. Therefore, it is the expected income or revenue from the sale of output at different levels of employment.
    • Aggregate demand has the following four components:
      • Consumption demand
      • Investment demand
      • Government expenditure and
      • Net Export (export – import)
  4. The desired or planned demand (spending) is the amount that households, firms, the governments and the foreign purchasers would like to spend on domestic output.
  5. In other words, desired demand in the economy is the sum total of desired private consumption expenditure, desired investment expenditure, desired government spending and desired net exports (difference between exports and imports).
  6. Thus, the desired spending is called aggregate spending (demand), and can be expressed as:
    AD = C + I + G + (X – M)
  7. The diagram explains that aggregate demand price increases or decreases with an increase or decrease in the volume of employment.
  8. Aggregate demand curve increases at an increasing rate in the beginning and then increases at a decreasing rate.
  9. This shows that as income increases owing to increase in employment, expenditure of the economy increases at a decreasing rate.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Chapter 3 Solutions Theories of Employment and Income

Question 2.
Aggregate Supply Function meaning and components?
Answer:

  1. Aggregate supply function is an increasing function of the level of employment.
  2. Aggregate supply refers to the value of total output of goods and services produced in an economy in a year.
  3. In other words, aggregate supply is equal to the value of national product, i.e., national income.

The components of aggregate supply are:

  1. Aggregate (desired) consumption expenditure (C)
  2. Aggregate (desired) private savings (S)
  3. Net tax payments (T) (Total tax payment to be received by the government minus transfer payments, subsidy and interest payments to be incurred by the government) and (iv) Personal (desired) transfer payments to the foreigners (Rf) (e.g. Donations to international relief efforts)

Question 3.
Describe the features of classicism?
Answer:

  1. Long – run equilibrium
  2. Saving is a social virtue.
  3. The function of money is to act as a medium of exchange
  4. Micro foundation to macro problems
  5. Champions of Laissez-fair policy
  6. Applicable only to the full employment situation.
  7. Capitalism is well and good.
  8. Balanced budget
  9. The equality between saving and investment is achieved through changes of rate of interest.
  10. Rate of interest is determined by saving and investment.
  11. Rate of interest is a stock.
  12. Supply creates its own demand.
  13. Rate of interest is a reward for saving.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In One Page.

Question 1.
Describe the Say’s Law of Market?
Answer:

  1. Say’s law of markets is the core of the classical theory of employment.
  2. J.B.Say (1776 – 1832) was a French Economist and an industrialist.
  3. He was influenced by the writings of Adam Smith and David Ricardo.
  4. J.B. Say enunciated the proposition that “Supply creates its own demand”.
  5. Hence there cannot be general over production or the problem of unemployment in the economy.
  6. According to Say, “When goods are produced by firms in the economy, they pay reward to the factors of production.
  7. The households after receiving rewards of the factors of production spend the amount on the purchase of goods and services produced by them.
  8. Therefore, each product produced in the economy creates demand equal to its value in the market.
  9. In short, this classical theory explains that “A person receives his income from production which is spent on the purchase of goods and services produced by others.
  10. For the economy as a whole, therefore, total production equals total income.

Question 2.
Explain the features of Keynesianism?
Answer:

  1. Short – run equilibrium
  2. Saving is a vice
  3. The function of money is a medium of exchange on the one side and a store of value on the other side.
  4. Macro approach to national problems
  5. State intervention is advocated.
  6. Applicable to all situations – full employment and less than full employment.
  7. Capitalism has inherent contradictions.
  8. Budgeting should be adjusted to the requirements of economy.
  9. The equality between saving and investment is advanced through changes in income.
  10. Rate of interest is determined by the demand for and supply of money.
  11. Rate of interest is a flow.
  12. Demand creates its own supply.
  13. Rate of interest is a reward for parting with liquidity.

Question 3.
Describe the Effective demand?
Answer:

  1. The starting point of Keynes theory of employment and income is the principle of effective demand.
  2. Effective demand denotes money actually spent by the people on products of industry.
  3. The money which entrepreneurs receive is paid in the form of rent, wages, interest and profit.
  4. Therefore effective demand equals national income.
  5. An increase in the aggregate effective demand would increase the level of employment.
  6. A decline in total effective demand would lead to unemployment.
  7. Therefore, total employment of a country can be determined with the help of total demand ‘ of a country.
  8. According to the Keynes theory of employment, “Effective demand signifies the money spent on consumption of goods and services and on investment.
  9. The total expenditure is equal to the national income, which is equivalent to the national output”.
  10. The relationship between employment and output of an economy depends upon the level of effective demand which is determined by the forces of aggregate supply and aggregate demand.
    ED = Y = C + I = Output = Employment
  11. Effective demand determines the level of employment in the economy.
  12. When effective demand increases, employment will increase.
  13. When effective demand decreases, the level employment will decline.
  14. The effective demand will be determined by two determinants namely consumption and investment expenditures.
  15. The consumption function depends upon income of the people and marginal propensity to consume.
  16. According to Keynes, if income increases, consumption will also increase but by less than the increase in income.

Share this Tamilnadu State Board 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 3 Theories of Employment and Income Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the grammar issues in exams. Keep visiting this site frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions

Students of 12th can get the pdf links of Tamilnadu State Board Economics Solutions here. You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Book Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions

It is very important to put the textbook aside while preparing for the exams. So, if you follow Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions Questions and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Consumption and Investment Functions Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – A
Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
The average propensity to consume is measured by –
(a) C / Y
(b) C × Y
(c) Y / C
(d) C + Y
Answer:
(a) C / Y

Question 2.
An increase in the marginal propensity to consume will:
(a) Lead to consumption function becoming steeper
(b) Shift the consumption function upwards
(c) Shift the consumption function downwards
(d) Shift savings function upwards
Answer:
(a) Lead to consumption function becoming steeper.

Question 3.
If the Keynesian consumption function is C = 10 + 0.8 Y then, if disposable income is Rs 1000, what is amount of total consumption?
(a) ₹ 0.8
(b) ₹ 800
(c) ₹ 810
(d) ₹ 0.81
Answer:
(c) ₹ 810

Question 4.
If the Keynesian consumption function is C = 10 + 0.8 Y then, when disposable income is Rs 100, what is the marginal propensity to consume?
(a) ₹ 0.8
(b) ₹ 800
(c) ₹ 810
(d) ₹ 0.81
Answer:
(a) ₹ 0.8

Question 5.
If the Keynesian consumption function is C = 10 + 0.8 Y then, and disposable income is ₹ 100, what is the average propensity to consume?
(a) ₹ 0.8
(b) ₹ 800
(c) ₹ 810
(d) ₹ 0.9
Answer:
(d) ₹ 0.9

Question 6.
As national income increases –
(a) The APC falls and gets nearer in value to the MPC.
(b) The APC increases and diverges in value from the MPC.
(c) The APC stays constant
(d) The APC always approaches infinity.
Answer:
(a) The APC falls and gets nearer in value to the MPC.

Question 7.
As increase in consumption at any given level of income is likely to lead –
(a) Higher aggregate demand
(b) An increase in exports
(c) A fall in taxation revenue
(d) A decrease in import spending
Answer:
(a) Higher aggregate demand

Question 8.
Lower interest rates are likely to:
(a) Decrease in consumption
(b) increase cost of borrowing
(c) Encourage saving
(d) increase borrowing and spending
Answer:
(d) increase borrowing and spending

Question 9.
The MPC is equal to:
(a) Total spending / total consumption
(b) Total consumption / total income
(c) Change in consumption / change in income
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Change in consumption / change in income

Question 10.
The relationship between total spending on consumption and the total income is the –
(a) Consumption function
(b) Savings function
(c) Investment function
(d) aggregate demand function
Answer:
(a) Consumption function

Question 11.
The sum of the MPC and MPS is –
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 0.1
(d) 1.1
Answer:
(a) 1

Question 12.
As income increases, consumption will –
(a) fall
(b) not change
(c) fluctuate
(d) increase
Answer:
(d) increase

Question 13.
When investment is assumed autonomous the slope of the AD schedule is determined by the –
(a) marginal propensity to invest
(b) disposable income
(c) marginal propensity to consume
(d) average propensity to consume
Answer:
(c) marginal propensity to consume

Question 14.
The multiplier tells us how much changes after a shift in –
(a) Consumption, income
(b) investment, output
(c) savings, investment
(d) output, aggregate demand
Answer:
(d) output, aggregate demand

Question 15.
The multiplier is calculated as –
(a) 1 / (1 – MPC)
(b) 1 / MPS
(c) 1 / MPC
(d) a and b
Answer:
(d) a and b

Question 16.
It the MPC is 0.5, the multiplier is –
(a) 2
(b) 1/2
(c) 0.2
(d) 20
Answer:
(a) 2

Question 17.
In an open economy import ………………………. the value of the multiplier
(a) Reduces
(b) increase
(c) does not change
(d) changes
Answer:
(a) Reduces

Question 18.
According to Keynes, investment is a function of the MEC and –
(a) Demand
(b) Supply
(c) Income
(d) Rate of interest
Answer:
(d) Rate of interest

Question 19.
The term super multiplier was first used by –
(a) J.R.Hicks
(b) R.G.D. Allen
(c) Kahn
(d) Keynes
Answer:
(a) J.R.Hicks

Question 20.
The term MEC was introduced by –
(a) Adam Smith
(b) J.M. Keynes
(c) Ricardo
(d) Malthus
Answer:
(b) J.M. Keynes

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences

Question 21.
What is consumption function?
Answer:
Meaning of Consumption Function:

1. The consumption function or propensity to consume refers to income consumption relationship. It is a “functional relationship between two aggregates viz., total consumption and gross national income.”

2. Symbolically, the relationship is represented as C = f (Y)
Where,
C = Consumption; Y = Income; f = Function

3. Thus the consumption function indicates a functional relationship between C and Y, where C is the dependent variable and Y is the independent variable, i.e., C is determined by Y. This relationship is based on the ceteris paribus (other things being same) assumption, as only income consumption relationship is considered and all possible influences on consumption are held constant.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions

Question 22.
What do you mean by propensity to consume?
Answer:

1. The consumption function or propensity to consume refers to income consumption relationship. It is a “functional relationship between two aggregates viz., total consumption and gross national income.”

2. Symbolically, the relationship is represented as C = f(Y) Where, C = Consumption; Y = Income; f = Function

3. Thus the consumption function indicates a functional relationship between C and Y, where C is the dependent variable and Y is the independent variable, i.e., C is determined by Y. This relationship is based on the ceteris paribus (other things being same) assumption, as only income consumption relationship is considered and all possible influences on consumption are held constant.

Question 23.
Define average propensity to consume (APC)?
Answer:
Average Propensity to Consume:

1. The average propensity to consume is the ratio of consumption expenditure to any particular level of income.” Algebraically it may be expressed as under:
Where, C = Consumption; Y = Income
APC = \(\frac{C}{Y}\)
Where, C = Consumption; Y = Income.

Question 24.
Define marginal propensity to consume (MPC)?
Answer:
Marginal Propensity to Consume:

1. The marginal propensity to consume may be defined as the ratio of the change in the consumption to the change in income. Algebraically it may be expressed as under:
MPC = \(\frac { \Delta C }{ \Delta Y } \)
Where, ∆C = Change in Consumption; ∆Y = Change in Income
MPC is positive but less than unity, 0 < \(\frac { \Delta C }{ \Delta Y } \) < 1.

Question 25.
What do you mean by propensity to save?
Answer:

  1. Thus the consumption function measures not only the amount spent on consumption but also the amount saved.
  2. This is because the propensity to save is merely the propensity not to consume.
  3. The 45° line may therefore be regarded as a zero – saving line, and the shape and position of the C curve indicate the division of income between consumption and saving.

Question 26.
Define average propensity to save (APS)?
Answer:
Average Propensity to Save (APS):

  1. The average propensity to save is the ratio of saving to income.
  2. APS is the quotient obtained by dividing the total saving by the total income. In other words, it is the ratio of total savings to total income. It can be expressed algebraically in the form of equation as under
  3. APS = \(\frac{S}{Y}\) Where, S = Saving; Y = Income

Question 27.
Define Marginal Propensity to Save (MPS)?
Answer:
Marginal Propensity to Save (MPS):

1. Marginal Propensity to Save is the ratio of change in saving to a change in income.

2. MPS is obtained by dividing change in savings by change in income. It can be expressed algebraically as MPS = \(\frac { \Delta S }{ \Delta Y } \)
∆S = Change in Saving; ∆Y = Change in Income
Since MPC + MPS = 1
MPS = 1 – MPC and MPC = 1 – MPS.

Question 28.
Define Multiplier?
Answer:

  1. The multiplier is defined as the ratio of the change in national income to change in investment.
  2. If AI stands for increase in investment and AY stands for resultant increase in income, the multiplier K =AY/AI.
  3. Since AY results from AI, the multiplier is called investment multiplier.

Question 29.
Define Accelerator?
Answer:

  1. “The accelerator coefficient is the ratio between induced investment and an initial change in consumption.”
  2. Assuming the expenditure of ₹50 crores on consumption goods, if industries lead to an investment of ₹100 crores in investment goods industries, we can say that the accelerator is 2.
  3. Accelerator = \(\frac { 100 }{ \Delta Y } \) = 2

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 30.
State the propositions of Keynes’s Psychological Law of Consumption?
Answer:
Propositions of the Law:
This law has three propositions:
1. When income increases, consumption expenditure also increases but by a smaller amount. The reason is that as income increases, we wants are satisfied side by side, so that the need to spend more on consumer goods diminishes. So, the consumption expenditure increases with increase in income but less than proportionately.

2. The increased income will be divided in some proportion between consumption expenditure and saving. This follows from the first proposition because when the whole • of increased income is not spent on consumption, the remaining is saved. In this way, consumption and saving move together.

3. Increase in income always leads to an increase in both consumption and saving. This means that increased income is unlikely to lead to fall in either consumption or saving. Thus with increased income both consumption and saving increase.

Question 31.
Differentiate autonomous and induced investment?
Answer:
Autonomous Investment:

  1. Independent
  2. Income inelastic
  3. Welfare motive

Induced Investment:

  1. Planned
  2. Income elastic
  3. Profit Motive

Question 32.
Explain any three subjective and objective factors influencing the consumption function?
Answer:
Subjective Factors:

  1. The motive of precaution: To build up a reserve against unforeseen contingencies. e.g. Accidents, sickness. ,
  2. The motive of foresight: The desire to provide for anticipated future needs. e.g. Old age.
  3. The motive of calculation: The desire to enjoy interest and appreciation. Consumption and Investment Functions.

Objective Factors:
1. Income Distribution:
If there is large disparity between rich and poor, the consumption is low because the rich people have low propensity to consume and high propensity to save.

2. Price level:
Price level plays an important role in determining the consumption function. When the price falls, real income goes up; people will consume more and propensity to save of the
society increases.

3. Wage level:
Wage level plays an important role in determining the consumption function and there is positive relationship between wage and consumption. Consumption expenditure increases with the rise in wages. Similar is the effect with regard to windfall gains.

Question 33.
Mention the differences between accelerator and multiplier effect?
Answer:
Accelerator Effect Multiplier Effect:

1. Accelerator is the numerical value of the relation between an increase in consumption and the resulting increasing in Investment. Multiplier is the ration of the change in national income to change in Investment.

2. Accelerator (β) = \(\frac { \Delta I }{ \Delta C } \)
ΔI = Change in Investment
ΔC = Change in consumption demand Multiplier (K) = \(\frac { \Delta I }{ \Delta C } \)
ΔI = Increase in Investment ΔY = Increase in Income ΔY results from ΔI

3. Accelerator Effects are –

  1. Increase in consumer demand.
  2. Films get close to fill capacity.
  3. Film invest to meet rising demand. Multiplier Effects are

Multiplier Effect:
1. Multiplier is the ration of the change in national income to change in Investment.

2. Multiplier:
Multiplier (K) = \(\frac { \Delta Y }{ \Delta I } \)
ΔI = Increase in Investment
ΔY = Increase in Income
ΔY results from ΔI

Multiplier Effects are:

  1. Positive Multiplier an initial increases is an injection (or a decrease in a leakage) leads to a greater final increase in real GDP.
  2. Negative Multiplier an initial increases in an injection (or an increase in a leakage) leads to a greater final decrease in real GDP.

Question 34.
State the concept of super multiplier?
Answer:
Super Multiplier: (k and β interaction):

  1. The super multiplier is greater than simple multiplier which includes only autonomous investment and no induced investment, while super multiplier includes induced investment.
  2. In order to measure the total effect of initial investment on income, Hicks has combined the k and β mathematically and given it the name of the Super Multiplier.
  3. The super multiplier is worked out by combining both induced consumption and induced investment.

Question 35.
Specify the limitations of the multiplier?
Answer:

  1. There is change in autonomous investment.
  2. There is no induced investment
  3. The marginal propensity to consume is constant.
  4. Consumption is a function of current income.
  5. There are no time lags in the multiplier process.
  6. Consumer goods are available in response to effective demand for them.
  7. There is a closed economy unaffected by foreign influences.
  8. There are no changes in prices.
  9. There is less than full employment level in the economy.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In About A Page.

Question 36.
Explain Keynes psychological law of consumption function with diagram?
The three propositions of the law:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions

Proposition (1):
Income increases by ₹ 60 crores and the increase in consumption is by ₹ 50 crores.

Proposition (2):
The increased income of ₹ 60 crores in each case is divided in some proportion between consumption and saving respectively, (i.e., ₹ 50 crores and ₹ 10 crores).

Proposition (3):
As income increases consumption as well as saving increase. Neither consumption nor saving has fallen. Diagrammatically, the three propositions are explained in figure. Here, income is measured horizontally and consumption and saving are measured on the vertical axis. C is the consumption function curve and 45° line represents income consumption equality.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions

Proposition (1):
When income increases from 120 to 180 consumption also increases from 120 to 170 but the increase in consumption is less than the increase in income, 10 is saved.

Proposition (2):
When income increases to 180 and 240, it is divided in some proportion between consumption by 170 and 220 and saving by 10 and 20 respectively.

Proposition (3):
Increases in income to 180 and 240 lead to increased consumption 170 and 220 and increased saving 20 and 10 than before. It is clear from the widening area below the C curve and the saving gap between 45° line and C curve.

Question 37.
Briefly explain the subjective and objective factors of consumption function?
Answer:
Subjective Factors:

  1. The motive of precaution: To build up a reserve against unforeseen contingencies. e.g. Accidents, sickness
  2. The motive of foresight: The desire to provide for anticipated future needs, e.g. Old age
  3. The motive of calculation: The desire to enjoy interest and appreciation.
  4. The motive of improvement: The desire to enjoy for improving standard of living.
  5. The motive of financial independence.
  6. The motive of enterprise (desire to do forward trading).
  7. The motive of pride.(desire to bequeath a fortune)
  8. The motive of avarice.(purely miserly instinct)

Objective Factors:
1. Income Distribution:
If there is large disparity between rich and poor, the consumption is low because the rich people have low propensity to consume and high propensity to save.

2. Price level:

  1. Price level plays an important role in determining the consumption function.
  2. When the price falls, real income goes up; people will consume more and propensity to save of the society increases.

3. Wage level:

  1. Wage level plays an important role in determining the consumption function and there is positive relationship between wage and consumption.
  2. Consumption expenditure increases with the rise in wages.
  3. Similar is the effect with regard to windfall gains.

4. Interest rate:

  1. Rate of interest plays an important role in determining the consumption function.
  2. Higher rate of interest will encourage people to save more money and reduces consumption.

5. Fiscal Policy:
When government reduces the tax the disposable income rises and the propensity to consume of community increases.

6. Consumer credit:

  1. The availability of consumer credit at easy installments will encourage households to buy consumer durables like automobiles, fridge, computer.
  2. This pushes up consumption.

7. Demographic factors:

  1. Ceteris paribus, the larger the size of the family, the grater is the consumption.
  2. Besides size of family, stage in family life cycle, place of residence and occupation affect the consumption function.

8. Duesenberry hypothesis:
Duesenberry has made two observations regarding the factors affecting consumption.

  1. The consumption expenditure depends not only on his current income but also past income and standard of living.
  2. Consumption is influenced by demonstration effect. The consumption standards of low income groups are influenced by the consumption standards of high income groups.

9. Windfall Gains or losses:
Unexpected changes in the stock market leading to gains or losses tend to shift the consumption function upward or downward.

Question 38.
Illustrate the working of Multiplier?
Answer:
Working of Multiplier:

  1. Suppose the Government undertakes investment expenditure equal to ₹ 100 crore on some public works, by way of wages, price of materials etc.
  2. Thus income of labourers and suppliers of materials increases by ₹ 100 crore. Suppose the MPC is 0.8 that is 80 %.
  3. A sum of ₹ 80 crores is spent on consumption (A sum of ₹ 20 Crores is saved).
  4. As a result, suppliers of goods get an income of ₹ 80 crores.
  5. They intum spend ₹ 64 crores (80% of ₹ 80 cr).
  6. In this manner consumption expenditure and increase in income act in a chain like maimer.

The final result is ∆Y = 100 + 100 × 4/5 + 100 × [4/5]2 + 100 × [4/5]3 or,
∆Y = 100 + 100 × 0.8 + 100 × (0.8)2 + 100 × (0.8)3
= 100 + 80 + 64 + 51.2… = 500 .
that is 100 × 1/1 – 4/5
100 × 1/1/5
100 × 5 = ₹ 500 crores
For instance if C = 100 + 0.8Y, I = 100,
Then Y = 100 + 0.8Y + 100
0.2Y = 200
Y = 200/0.2 = 1000 → Point B
If I is increased to 110, then
0.2Y = 210
Y = 210/0.2 = 1050 → Point D
For ₹ 10 increase in I, Y has increased by ₹ 50.
This is due to multiplier effect.
At point A, Y = C = 500
C = 100 + 0.8 (500) = 500; S = 0
At point B, Y = 1000
C = 100 + 0.8 (1000) = 900; S = 100 = I At point D, Y = 1050
C = 100 + 0.8 (1050) = 940; S = 110 = I
When I is increased by 10, Y increases by 50.
This is multiplier effect (K = 5)
K = \(\frac{1}{0.2}\) = 5

Question 39.
Explain the operation of the Accelerator?
Answer:
Operation of the Acceleration Principle:

  1. Let us consider a simple example. The operation of the accelerator may be illustrated as follows.
  2. Let us suppose that in order to produce 1000 consumer goods, 100 machines are required.
  3. Also suppose that working life of a machine is 10 years.
  4. This means that every year 10 machines have to be replaced in order to maintain the constant flow of 1000 consumer goods. This might be called replacement demand.
  5. Suppose that demand for consumer goods rises by 10 percent (i.e. from 1000 to 1100).
  6. This results in increase in demand for 10 more machines.
  7. So that total demand for machines is 20. (10 for replacement and 10 for meeting increased demand).
  8. It may be noted here a 10 percent increase in demand for consumer goods causes a 100 percent increase in demand for machines (from 10 to 20).
  9. So we can conclude even a mild change in demand for consumer goods will lead to wide change in investment.

Diagrammatic illustration:
Operation of Accelerator.

  1. SS is the saving curve. II is the investment curve. At point E1 the economy is in equilibrium with OY1 income. Saving and investment are equal at OY1 Now, investment is increased from OI2 to OI4.
  2. This increases income from OY1 to OY3, the equilibrium point being E3 If the increase in investment by I2 I4 is purely exogenous, then the increase in income by Y1 Y3 would have been due to the multiplier effect.
  3. But in this diagram it is assumed that exogenous investment is only by I, I3 and induced investment is by I3I4.
  4. Therefore, increase in income by Y1 Y2 is due to the multiplier effect and the increase in income by Y2 Y3 is due to the accelerator effect.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions

Question 40.
What are the differences between MEC and MEI?
Answer:
Marginal Efficiency of Capital (MEC):

  1. It is based on a given supply price for capital.
  2. It represents the rate of return on all successive units of capital without regard to existing capital.
  3. The capital stock is taken on the X axis of diagram.
  4. It is a “stock” concept.
  5. It determines the optimum capital stock in an economy at each level of interest rate.

Marginal Efficiency of Investment (MEI):

  1. It is based on the induced change in the price due to change in the demand for capital.
  2. It shows the rate of return on just those units of capital over and above the existing capital stock.
  3. The amount of investment is taken on the X – axis of diagram.
  4. It is a “flow” concept.
  5. It determines the net investment of the economy at each interest rate given the capital stock.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Consumption and Investment Functions Additional Questions and Answers

part – A
I. Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
Price level plays an important role in determining the ……………………
(a) Consumption function
(b) Income function
(c) Finance function
(d) Price function
Answer:
(a) Consumption function

Question 2.
The progressive tax system increases the ……………………….. of the people by altering the income distribution in favour of poor?
(a) price level
(b) wage level
(c) propensity to consume
(d) Fiscal policy
Answer:
(c) propensity to consume

Question 3.
…………………….. means purchase of stocks and shares, debentures, government bonds and equities?
(a) Consumption
(b) Investment
(c) Finance
(d) Saving
Answer:
(b) Investment

Question 4.
…………………… is influenced by demonstration effect.
(a) Investment
(b) Interest
(c) Expenditure
(d) Consumption
Answer:
(d) Consumption

Question 5.
Additional investment that is independent of income is called ……………………
(a) Autonomous Investment
(b) Autonomous Consumption
(c) Average Investment
(d) Marginal Investment
Answer:
(a) Autonomous Investment

Question 6.
Induced investment is motivated?
(a) Investment
(b) Capital
(c) Saving
(d) Profit
Answer:
(d) Profit

Question 7.
MEI is the expected rate of return on investment as additional units of ……………………
(a) Saving
(b) Investment
(c) Consumption
(d) Expenditure
Answer:
(b) Investment

Question 8.
Dynamic multiplier is also known as ……………………
(a) Sequence multiplier
(b) Static multiplier
(c) Double multiplier
(d) Single multiplier
Answer:
(a) Sequence multiplier

Question 9.
The combined effect of interaction of multiplier and accelerator is called ……………………
(a) Super accelerator
(b) Super multiplier
(c) Accelerator
(d) Multiplier
Answer:
(b) Super multiplier

Question 10.
The tendency to initiate Superior consumption pattern is called ……………………
(a) Accelerator effect
(b) Multiplier effect
(c) Super Multiplier effect
(d) Demonstration effect
Answer:
(d) Demonstration effect

Question 11.
The multiplier is the reciprocal of one minus ……………………
(a) MPC
(b) MPS
(c) Multiplier
(d) Accelerator
Answer:
(a) MPC

Question 12.
The concept of multiplier was first developed by ……………………
(a) J.M. Keynes
(b) David Ricardo
(c) R.F. Khan
(d) J.B. Say
Answer:
(c) R.F. Khan

Question 13.
…………………… the larger size of the family, the greater is the consumption?
(a) Demographic factors
(b) Income Distribution
(c) Duesenberry hypothesis
(d) Wage level
Answer:
(b) Income Distribution

Question 14.
MPS is the ratio of change in saving to a change in ……………………
(a) profit
(b) money
(c) finance
(d) income
Answer:
(d) income

Question 15.
Consumption function is called the relationship between ……………………….. and Income?
(a) Money
(b) Consumption
(c) Finance
(d) Investment
Answer:
(b) Consumption

Question 16.
Consumer’s surplus is useful to the Finance Minister in formulating ……………………….. policies?
(a) Surplus
(b) Consumption
(c) Taxation
(d) Income
Answer:
(c) Taxation

Question 17.
Consumer surplus is called potential price – ……………………………. price?
(a) real
(b) actual
(c) normal
(d) high
Answer:
(b) actual

Question 18.
Dynamic multiplier is also known as ………………………. Multiplier.
(a) Sequence
(b) Static
(c) Timeless
(d) Logical
Answer:
(a) Sequence

Question 19.
Static Multiplier is otherwise known as …………………………… Multiplier.
(a) Dynamic
(b) Leakage
(c) Simultaneous
(d) Multi effect
Answer:
(c) Simultaneous

Question 20.
The propensity to consume refers to the portion of Income spent on ……………………….
(a) Income
(b) Profit
(c) Expenditure
(d) Consumption
Answer:
(d) Consumption

Question 21.
………………………. redefined it as investment multiplier.
(a) R.K. Khan
(b) David Ricardo
(c) J.M. Keynes
(d) Marshall
Answer:
(c) J.M. Keynes

Question 22.
Accelerator Model was made by ……………………
(a) J.M. Keynes
(b) J.M. Clark
(c) R.F. Khan
(d) Marshall
Answer:
(b) J.M. Clark

Question 23.
The multiplier tells us …………………………. changes after a shift in ……………………
(a) income
(b) investment
(c) aggregate demand
(d) savings
Answer:
(c) aggregate demand

Question 24.
The simple accelerated model was made by J.M. Clark in ……………………
(a) 1915
(b) 1916
(c) 1914
(d) 1917
Answer:
(d) 1917

II. Match the following and choose the correct answer by using codes given below

Question 1.
A. Consumption function – (i) Consmption increased
B. Induced Investment – (ii) Borrowings
C. Income Increases – (iii) Subjective and objective
D. Autonomous consumption – (iv) Profit motive
Codes:
(a) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
(b) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
(c) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(d) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
Answer:
(a) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)

Question 2.
A. MPS – measured – (i) K = 1/MPS
B. Multiplier developed by – (ii) MEC
C. Investment depends on – (iii) ∆S/∆Y
D. Value of multiplier – (iv) R.F. Khan
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iv) D (iii)
(b) A (ii) B (iii) C (i) D (iv)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (iii) D (ii)
Answer:
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)

Question 3.
A. Reduced Investment – (i) 1930
B. Keynes employment dependes on – (ii) Highest interest rate
C. Fall in investment – (iii) Zero
D. Long fun autonomous consumption will – (iv) Investment
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (iii) C (iv) D (ii)
(b) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)
(c) A (iii) B (i) C (ii) D (iv)
(d) A (iv) B (ii) C (iii) D (i)
Answer:
(b) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)

Question 4.
A. MPS – (i) AC/AY
B. MPC – (ii) C/Y
C. APS – (iii) S/Y
D. APC – (iv) AS/AY
Codes:
(a) A (iv) B (i) C (iii) D (ii)
(b) A (i) B (ii) C (iv) D (iii)
(c) A (ii) B (iii) C (i) D (iv)
(d) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
Answer:
(a) A (iv) B (i) C (iii) D (ii)

Question 5.
A. Investment means – (i) Expenditure on capital formation
B. Uses of multiplier – (ii) Consumption forgone
C. Saving is – (iii) Achieve full employment
D. Autonomous investment – (iv) Stocks and shares
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)
(b) A (iii) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(c) A (iv) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (i) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(c) A (iv) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)

III. State whether the statements are true or false.

Question 1.
(i) Keynes propounded the fundamental psychological law of consumption.
(ii) J.M. Keynes has divided factors influencing the consumption function.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 2.
(i) The kinds of multiplier is called Tax Multiplier, Employment Multiplier, Foreign trade Multiplier, Investment Multiplier.
(ii) Investment means money collecting.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true

Question 3.
(i) The term investment means purchase of stocks and shares, debentures, government bonds and equities.
(ii) The term Investment means expenditure on capital formation.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 4.
(i) Leakages of multiplier is payment only.
(ii) Leakages of multiplier limitation is called full employment situation.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true

Question 5.
(i) The types of Investment is called Autonomous Investment, Induced Investment.
(ii) Induced Investment is the expenditure on fixed assets and stocks.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both 0) and (if) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

IV. Which of the following is correctly matched:

Question 1.
(a) J.M. Clark – Ceteris Paribus
(b) J.M. Keynes – Psychological law of consumption
(c) R.F. Khan – Accelerator model
(d) Duesenberry – Laissez – faire
Answer:
(b) J.M. Keynes – Psychological law of consumption

Question 2.
(a) Induced Investment – Profit motive
(b) MEC – Autonomous Investment
(c) MEI – Technology
(d) MPC – Accelerator
Answer:
(a) Induced Investment – Profit motive

Question 3.
(a) Dynamic Multiplier – Employment
(b) Static Multiplier – Wealth
(c) Accelerator Model – J.M. Clark
(d) Leakage Multiplier – Investment goods
Answer:
(c) Accelerator Model – J.M. Clark

Question 4.
(a) Afltalion – 1909
(b) Hawtrey – 1914
(c) Bickerdike – 1915
(d) J.M. Clark – 1916
Answer:
(a) Afltalion – 1909

Question 5.
(a) Aggregate Income – C
(b) Consumption expenditure – IA
(c) Autonomous Investment – Y
(d) Induced Private Investment – IP
Answer:
(d) Induced Private Investment – IP

V. Which of the following is not correctly matched

Question 1.
(a) Static multiplier – Simultaneous multiplier
(b) Dynamic multiplier – Sequence multiplier
(c) Leakage multiplier – Timeless multiplier
(d) Kinds of multiplier – Tax multiplier
Answer:
(c) Leakage multiplier – Timeless multiplier

Question 2.
(a) Ratio of the consumption – APC expenditure to Income
(b) Ratio of change in consumption – MPC to change in Income
(c) Ratio of the saving to Income – APS
(d) Ratio of change in saving to change in Income – PSM change in Income
Answer:
(d) Ratio of change in saving to change in Income – PSM change in Income

Question 3.
(a) Demonstration Effect – Superior consumption pattern
(b) Subjective factors – Psychological feeling
(c) Objective factors – Real and Measurable
(d) Super multiplier – Investment demand
Answer:
(d) Super multiplier – Investment demand

Question 4.
(a) Average propensity to consume – C/Y
(b) Marginal propensity to consume – AC/AY
(c) Average propensity to consume – S/Y
(d) Marginal propensity to save – AY/AS
Answer:
(d) Marginal propensity to save – AY/AS

Question 5.
(a) The motive of precaution – Accidents, Sickness
{b) The motive of foresight – Old age
(c) The motive of improvement – Improve standard of living
(d) The motive of calculation – Money collecting
Answer:
(d) The motive of calculation – Money collecting

VI. Pick the odd one out.

Question 1.
(a) ∆C – Change in consumption
(b) ∆Y – Change in expenditure
(c) ∆S – Change in saving 4
(d) ∆Y – Change in income
Answer:
(b) ∆Y – Change in expenditure

Question 2.
(a) APC – Algebraically Propensity to Consume
(b) MPC – Marginal Propensity to Consume
(c) APS – Average Propensity to Consume
(d) MPS – Marginal Propensity to Save
Answer:
(a) APC – Algebraically Propensity to Consume

Question 3.
Keynes’s Law is based on the Assumptions.
(a) Ceteris paribus
(b) Existence of Normal conditions
(c) Existence of a Laissez – Faire
(d) Existence of a Technical attributes
Answer:
(d) Existence of a Technical attributes

Question 4.
Investment means
(a) Purchase of stocks and shares
(b) Debentures
(c) Government bonds and equities
(d) Bank amount
Answer:
(d) Bank amount

Question 5.
MEC – Short Run Factors
(a) Supply for the product
(b) Liquid Assets
(c) Sudden changes in Income
(d) Current rate of Investment
Answer:
(a) Supply for the product

VII. Assertion and Reason.

1. Assertion (A): Keynes Law of propositions – when Income increases, consumption expenditure also increases but by a smaller amount.
Reason (R): Keynes Law of propositions – Increase in Income always lead to an increase in both consumption and saving.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 2.
Assertion (A): J.M. Keynes has influencing consumption function into subjective factors are the Internal factors related to psychological feelings.
Reason (R): J.M. Keynes has influencing consumption function into objective factors are Internal factors are not measurable.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 3.
Assertion (A): Autonomous Investment is the expenditure on capital formation.
Reason (R): Autonomous Investment is Independent of the change in Income, rate of Interest or rate of profit.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 4.
Assertion (A): MEC – depends on the Demand yield from a capital asset.
Reason (R): MEC – depends on the Supply price of a capital asset.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true

Question 5.
Assertion (A): Keynes theory of the Multiplier Assumption is change in autonomous Investment.
Reason (R): Keynes theory of the Multiplier Assumption is no Induced Investment.

(а) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(а) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 1.
Write “Propensity to consume” Equations?
Answer:
(i) The Average Propensity to Consume = \(\frac{c}{y}\)
(ii) The Marginal Propensity to Consume = \(\frac{∆c}{∆y}\)
(iii) The Average Propensity to Save = \(\frac{x}{y}\)
(iv) The Marginal Propensity to Save = \(\frac{∆s}{∆y}\)

Question 2.
Define “Ceteris paribus”?
Answer:
Ceteris paribus (constant extraneous variables):
The other variables such as income distribution, tastes, habits, social customs, price movements, population growth, etc. do not change and consumption depends on income alone.

Question 2.
Define “Laissez-Faire” – Capitalist Economy?
Answer:
Existence of a Laissez – faire Capitalist Economy:
The law operates in a rich capitalist economy where there is no government intervention. People should be free to spend increased income. In the case of regulation of private enterprise and consumption expenditures by the State, the law breaks down.

Question 3.
What do you mean “Windfall Gains” or “Losses”?
Answer:
Windfall Gains or losses:
Unexpected changes in the stock market leading to gains or losses tend to shift the consumption function upward or downward.

Question 4.
Define “Autonomous consumption”?
Answer:
Autonomous Consumption:
Autonomous consumption is the minimum level of consumption or spending that must take place even if a consumer has no disposable income, such as spending for . basic necessities.

Part – C
Answer the Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 1.
Explain the Keynes Psychological Law’ of consumption assumptions?
Answer:
Keynes’s Law is based on the following assumptions:
1. Ceteris paribus (constant extraneous variables):
The other variables such as income distribution, tastes, habits, social customs, price movements, population growth, etc. do not change and consumption depends on income alone.

2. Existence of Normal Conditions:

  1. The law holds good under normal conditions.
  2. If, however, the economy is faced with abnormal and extraordinary circumstances like war, revolution or hyperinflation, the law will not operate.
  3. People may spend the whole of increased income on consumption.

3. Existence of a Laissez – faire Capitalist Economy:

  1. The law operates in a rich capitalist economy where there is no government intervention.
  2. People should be free to spend increased income.
  3. In the case of regulation of private enterprise and consumption expenditures by the State, the law breaks down.

Question 2.
Explain the Marginal Efficiency of capital?
Answer:
Marginal Efficiency of Capital:

  1. MEC was first introduced by J.M Keynes in 1936 as an important determinant of autonomous investment.
  2. The MEC is the expected profitability of an additional capital asset.
  3. It may be defined as the highest rate of return over cost expected from the additional unit of capital asset.
  4. Meaning of Marginal Efficiency of Capital (MEC) is the rate of discount which makes the discounted present value of expected income stream equal to the cost of capital.

MEC depends on two factors:

  1. The prospective yield from a capital asset.
  2. The supply price of a capital asset.

Factors Affecting MEC:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions

Question 3.
Explain the uses of multiplier?
Answer:
Uses of multiplier

  1. Multiplier highlights the importance of investment in income and employment theory
  2. The process throws light on the different stages of trade cycle.
  3. It also helps in bringing the equality between S and I.
  4. It helps in formulating Government policies.
  5. It helps to reduce unemployment and achieve full employment.

Question 4.
Write the Accelerator Assumptions?
Answer:
Assumptions:

  1. Absence of excess capacity in consumer goods industries.
  2. Constant capital – output ratio
  3. Increase in demand is assumed to be permanent
  4. Supply of funds and other inputs is quite elastic
  5. Capital goods are perfectly divisible in any required size.

Question 5.
Write the “Leverage Effect” and Equation Explanation?
Answer:
Leverage Effect:
The combined effect of the multiplier and the accelerator is also called the leverage effect which may lead the economy to very high or low level of income propagation.
Symbolically
Y = C + IA + IP
Y = Aggregate income
C = Consumption expenditure
T = autonomous investment; IP = induced private investment

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In One Page.

Question 1.
Briefly explain the Leakages of Multiplier?
Answer:
Leakages of multiplier:

  1. The multiplier assumes that those who earn income are likely to spend a proportion of their additional income on consumption.
  2. But in practice, people tend to spend their additional income on other items. Such expenses are known as leakages.

Payment towards past debts:
If a portion of the additional income is used for repayment of old loan, the MPC is reduced and as a result the value of multiplier is cut.

Purchase of existing wealth:

  1. If income is used in purchase of existing wealth such as land, building and shares money is circulated among people and never enters into the consumption stream.
  2. As a result the value of multiplier is affected.

Import of goods and services:

  1. Income spent on imports of goods or services flows out of the country and has little chance to return to income stream in the country.
  2. Thus imports reduce the value of multiplier.

Non availability of consumer goods:

  1. The multiplier theory assumes instantaneous supply of consumer goods following demand.
  2. But there is often a time lag.
  3. During this gap (D > S) inflation is likely to rise.
  4. This reduces the consumption expenditure and there by multiplier value.

Full employment situation:

  1. Under conditions of full employment, resources are almost fully employed.
  2. So, additional investment will lead to inflation only, rather than generation of additional real income.

Question 2.
Explain Marginal Propensity to Consume [MPC] and Multiplier with diagram and Diagrammatic explanation?
Answer:
Marginal propensity to consume and multiplier.
The propensity to consume refers to the portion of income spent on consumption.
The MPC refers to the relation between change in consumption (C) and change in income (Y).
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions
Symbolically MPC = ∆C/∆Y
The value of multiplier depends on MPC
Multiplier (K) = 1/1 – MPC
The multiplier is the reciprocal of one minus marginal propensity to consume.
Since marginal propensity to save is 1 – MPC. (MPC + MPS = 1).
Multiplier is 1/ MPS.
The multiplier is therefore defined as reciprocal of MPS.
Multiplier is inversely related to MPS and directly with MPC.
Numerically if MPC is 0.75, MPS is 0.25 and k is 4.
Using formula k = 1/1 – MPC
1/1 – 0.75 = 1/0.25 = 4
Taking the following values, we can explain the functioning of multiplier.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions
C = 100 + 0.8 y; 1 = 100 1 = 10
Y = C + I
Y = 100 + 0.8y = 100 + (1000) = 900;
S = 100 = I
After I is raised by 10, now I = 110
Y = 100 + 0.8y + 110
0.2y = 210
Y = \(\frac{210}{0.2}\) = 1050
Here C = 100 = 0.8 (1050) = 940; S = 110 = 1
Diagrammatic Explanation.
At 45° line y = C + S
It implies the variables in axis and axis are equal.
The MPC is assumed to be at 0.8 (C = 100 + 0.8y)
The aggregate demand (C + I) curve intersects 45° line at point E.
The original national income is 500.
(C = 100 + 0.8y = 100 + 0.8 (500) = 500)
When I is 100, y = 1000, C = 900;
S = 100 = I
The new aggregate demand curve is C+F = 100 + 0.8y + 100 + 10
Y = \(\frac{210}{0.2}\) = 1050
C = 940; S = 110 = 1

Question 3.
Explain about Marginal Efficiency of Capital [MEC] short run factors and long run factors?
Answer:
(a) Short – Run Factors

1. Demand for the product:

  1. If the market for a particular good is expected to grow and its costs are likely to fall, the rate of return from investment will be high.
  2. If entrepreneurs expect a fall in demand for goods and a rise in cost, the investment will decline.

2. Liquid assets:

  1. If the entrepreneurs are holding large volume of working capital, they can take advantage of the investment opportunities that come in their way.
  2. The MEC will be high.

3. Sudden changes in income:

  1. The MEC is also influenced by sudden changes in income of the entrepreneurs.
  2. If the business community gets windfall profits, or tax concession the MEC will be high and hence investment in the country will go up.
  3. On the other hand, MEC falls with the decrease in income.

4. Current rate of investment:

  1. Another factor which influences MEC is the current rate of investment in a particular industry.
  2. If in a particular industry, much investment has already taken place and the rate of investment currently going on in that industry is also very large, then the marginal efficiency of capital will be low.

5. Waves of optimism and pessimism:

  1. The marginal efficiency of capital is also affected by waves of optimism and pessimism in the business cycle.
  2. If businessmen are optimistic about future, the MEC will be likely to be high.
  3. During periods of pessimism the MEC is under estimated and so will be low.

(b) Long – Run Factors
The long run factors which influence the marginal efficiency of capital are as follows:

1. Rate of growth of population:

  1. Marginal efficiency of capital is also influenced by the rate of growth of population.
  2. If population is growing at a rapid speed, it is usually believed that the demand of various types of goods will increase.
  3. So a rapid rise in the growth of population will increase the marginal efficiency of capital and a slowing down in its rate of growth will discourage investment and thus reduce marginal efficiency of capital.

2. Technological progress:

  1. If investment and technological development take place in the industry, the prospects of increase in the net yield brightens up.
  2. For example, the development of automobiles in the 20th century has greatly stimulated the rubber industry, the steel and oil industry etc.
  3. So we can say that inventions and technological improvements encourage investment in various projects and increase marginal efficiency of capital.

3. Monetary and Fiscal policies:
Cheap money policy and liberal tax policy pave the way for greater profit margin and so MEC is likely to be high.

4. Political environment:
Political stability, smooth administration, maintenance of law and order help to improve MEC.

5. Resource availability:
Cheap and abundant supply of natural resources, efficient labour and stock of capital enhance the MEC.

Share this Tamilnadu State Board 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 4 Consumption and Investment Functions Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the grammar issues in exams. Keep visiting this site frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 8 International Economic Organisations

Students of 12th can get the pdf links of Tamilnadu State Board Economics Solutions here. You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Book Solutions Chapter 8 International Economic Organisations Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 8 International Economic Organisations

It is very important to put the textbook aside while preparing for the exams. So, if you follow Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Chapter 8 International Economic Organisations Questions and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics International Economic Organisations Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – A
Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
International Monetary Fund was an outcome of …………………….
(a) Pandung Conference
(b) Dunkel Draft
(c) Bretton Woods Conference
(d) Doha Conference
Answer:
(c) Bretton Woods Conference

Question 2.
International Monetary Fund is having its headquarters at …………………….
(a) Washington D.C.
(b) New York
(c) Vienna
(d) Geneva
Answer:
(a) Washington D.C.

Question 3.
IBRD is otherwise called …………………….
(a) IMF
(b) World Bank
(c) ASEAN
(d) International Finance Corporation
Answer:
(b) World Bank

Question 4.
The other name for Special Drawing Rights is …………………….
(a) Paper gold
(b) Quotas
(c) Voluntary Export Restrictions
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) Paper gold

Question 5.
The organization which provides long term loan is …………………….
(a) World Bank
(b) International Monetary Fund
(c) World Trade Organisation
(d) BRICS
Answer:
(a) World Bank

Question 6.
Which of the following countries is not a member of SAARC?
(a) Sri Lanka
(b) Japan
(c) Bangladesh
(d) Afghanistan
Answer:
(b) Japan

Question 7.
International Development Association is an affiliate of …………………….
(a) IMF
(b) World Bank
(c) SAARC
(d) ASEAN
Answer:
(b) World Bank

Question 8.
……………………. relates to patents, copyrights, trade secrets, etc.,
(a) TRIPS
(b) TRIMS
(c) GATS
(d) NAMA
Answer:
(a) TRIPS

Question 9.
The first ministerial meeting of WTO was held at …………………….
(a) Singapore
(b) Geneva
(c) Seattle
(d) Doha
Answer:
(a) Singapore

Question 10.
ASEAN meetings are held once in every ……………………. years.
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
Answer:
(b) 3

Question 11.
Which of the following is not the member of SAARC?
(a) Pakistan
(b) Sri Lanka
(c) Bhutan
(d) China
Answer:
(d) China

Question 12.
SAARC meets once in ……………………. years.
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
Answer:
(a) 2

Question 13.
The headquarters of ASEAN is …………………….
(a) Jaharta
(b) New Delhi
(c) Colombo
(d) Tokyo
Answer:
(a) Jaharta

Question 14.
The term BRIC was coined in …………………….
(a) 2001
(b) 2005
(c) 2008
(d) 2010
Answer:
(a) 2001

Question 15.
ASEAN was created in …………………….
(a) 1965
(b) 1967
(c) 1972
(d) 1997
Answer:
(b) 1967

Question 16.
The Tenth BRICS Summit was held in July 2018 at …………………….
(a) Beijing
(b) Moscow
(c) Johannesburg
(d) Brasilia
Answer:
(c) Johannesburg

Question 17.
New Development Bank is associated with …………………….
(a) BRICS
(b) WTO
(c) SAARC
(d) ASEAN
Answer:
(a) BRICS

Question 18.
Which of the following does not come under ‘Six dialogue partners’ of ASEAN?
(a) China
(b) Japan
(c) India
(d) North Korea
Answer:
(d) North Korea

Question 19.
SAARC Agricultural Information Centre (SAIC) works as a central information institution for agriculture related resources was founded on …………………….
(a) 1985
(b) 1988
(c) 1992
(d) 1998
Answer:
(b) 1988

Question 20.
BENELUX is a form of …………………….
(a) Free trade area
(b) Economic Union
(c) Common market
(d) Customs union
Answer:
(d) Customs union

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions.

Question 21.
Write the meaning of Special Drawing rights?
Answer:
Special Drawing Rights (SDRs):

  1. The Fund has succeeded in establishing a scheme of Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) which is otherwise called ‘Paper Gold’.
  2. They are a form of international reserves created by the IMF in 1969 to solve the problem of international liquidity.
  3. They are allocated to the IMF members in proportion to their Fund quotas.
  4. SDRs are used as a means of payment by Fund members to meet balance of payments deficits and their total reserve position with the Fund.
  5. Thus SDRs act both as an international unit of account and a means of payment.
  6. All transactions by the Fund in the form of loans and their repayments, its liquid reserves, its capital, etc., are expressed in the SDR.

Question 22.
Mention any two objectives of ASEAN?
Answer:

  1. To accelerate the economic growth, social progress and cultural development in the region;
  2. To promote regional peace and stability and adherence to the principles of the United Nations Charter.

Question 23.
Point out any two ways in which IBRD lends to member countries?
Answer:
The Bank advances loans to members in two ways

  1. Loans out of its own fund,
  2. Loans out of borrowed capital.

Question 24.
Define Common Market?
Answer:
Common market is established through trade pacts. A group formed by countries within a geographical area to promote duty free trade and free movement of labour and capital amongits members, e.g. European Common Market (ECM).

Question 25.
What is Free trade area?
Answer:

  1. A free trade area is the region encompassing a trade bloc whose member countries have signed a free-trade agreement (FTA).
  2. Such agreements involve cooperation between at least two countries to reduce trade barriers, e.g. SAFTA, EFTA.

Question 26.
When and where was SAARC Secretariat established?
Answer:
South Asian Association For Regional Co – Operation (SAARC):
1. The South Asian Association for Regional Co – operation (SAARC) is an organisation of South Asian nations, which was established on 8 December 1985 for the promotion of economic and social progress, cultural development within the South Asia region and also for friendship and co – operation with other developing countries.

2. The SAARC Group (SAARC) comprises of Bangaladesh, Bhutan, India, The Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka.

3. In April 2007, Afghanistan became its eighth member.

Question 27.
Specify any two affiliates of World Bank Group?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 8 International Economic Organisations

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions.

Question 28.
Mention the various forms of economic integration?
Answer:
An economic union is composed of a common market with a customs union. The participant countries have both common policies on product regulation, freedom of movement of goods, services and the factors of production and a common external trade policy, (e.g. European Economic Union)
EU > CM > CU > FTA
EU – Economic Union >
CM – Common – Market >
CU – Customs Union >
FTA – Free Trade Area
The regional economic integration among the trade blocks such as SAARC (South Asian nations), ASEAN (South East Asia) and BRICS and their achievements.

Question 29.
What are trade blocks?
Answer:
1. Trade blocks cover different kinds of arrangements between or among countries for mutual benefit. Economic integration takes the form of Free Trade Area, Customs Union, Common Market and Economic Union.

2. A free trade area is the region encompassing a trade bloc whose member countries have signed a free-trade agreement (FTA). Such agreements involve cooperation between at least two countries to reduce trade barriers, e.g. SAFTA, EFTA.

3. A customs union is defined as a type of trade block which is composed of a free trade area with no tariff among members and (zero tariffs among members) with a common external tariff, e.g. BENELUX (Belgium, Netherland and Luxumbuarg).

4. Common market is established through trade pacts. A group formed by countries within a geographical area to promote duty free trade and free movement of labour and capital among its members, e.g. European Common Market (ECM).

5. An economic union is composed of a common market with a customs union. The participant countries have both common policies on product regulation, freedom of movement of goods, services and the factors of production and a common external trade policy. (e.g. European Economic Union).

Question 30.
Mention any three lending programmes of IMF?
Answer:
(I) Establishment of monetary reserve fund:

  1. The Fund has played a major role in achieving the sizeable stock of the national currencies of different countries.
  2. To meet the foreign exchange requirements of the member nations, IMF uses its stock to help the member nations to meet foreign exchange requirements.

(II) Monetary discipline and cooperation:

  1. The IMF has shown keen interest in maintaining monetary discipline and cooperation among the member countries.
  2. To achieve this objective, it has provided assistance only to those countries which make sincere efforts to solve their problems.

(III) Special interest in the problems of UDCs:

  1. The notable success of the Fund is the maintenance of special interest in the acute problems of developing countries.
  2. The Fund has provided financial assistance to solve the balance of payment problem of UDCs.
  3. However, many UDCs continue to be UDCs, while the developed countries have achieved substantial growth.

Question 31.
What is Multilateral Agreement?
Answer:
1. Multilateral trade agreement:
It is a multi national legal or trade agreements between countries. It is an agreement between more than two countries but not many.

2. The various agreements implemented by the WTO such as TRIPS, TRIMS, GATS, AoA, MFA have been discussed.

Question 32.
Write the agenda of BRICS Summit, 2018?
Answer:

  1. South Africa hosted the 10th BRICS summit in July 2018.
  2. The agenda for BRICS summit 2018 includes Inclusive growth, Trade issues, Global governance, Shared Prosperity, International peace and security.

Question 33.
State briefly the functions of SAARC?
Answer:
Functions of SAARC:
The main functions of SAARC are as follows.

  1. Maintenance of the co operation in the region
  2. Prevention of common problems associated with the member nations.
  3. Ensuring strong relationship among the member nations.
  4. Removal of the poverty through various packages of programmes.
  5. Prevention of terrorism in the region.

Question 34.
List out the achievements of ASEAN?
Answer:
The ASEAN Declaration states the aims and purposes of the Association as:

  1. To accelerate the economic growth, social progress and cultural development in the region;
  2. To promote regional peace and stability and adherence to the principles of the United Nations Charter;
  3. To promote cooperation among the members of ASEAN through the exchange of knowledge and experience in the field of public sector auditing.
  4. To provide a conducive environment and facilities for research, training, and education among the members
  5. To serve as a centre of information and as an ASEAN link with other international organizations.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions.

Question 35.
Explain the objectives of IMF?
Answer:
Objectives Of IMF:

  1. To promote international monetary cooperation among the member nations.
  2. To facilitate faster and balanced growth of international trade.
  3. To ensure exchange rate stability by curbing competitive exchange depreciations.
  4. To eliminate or reduce exchange controls imposed by member nations.
  5. To establish multilateral trade and payment system in respect of current transactions instead of bilateral trade agreements.
  6. To promote the flow of capital from developed to developing nations.
  7. To solve the problem of international liquidity.

Question 36.
Bring out the functions of World Bank?
Answer:
Functions of IBRD (or) World Bank:
The World Bank performs the major role of providing loans for development works to member countries, especially to underdeveloped countries. The World Bank provides long¬term loans for various development projects. Article 1 of the Agreement states the functions performed by the world bank as follows.

(I) Investment for productive purposes:
The World Bank performs the function of assisting in the reconstruction and development of territories of member nations through facility of investment for productive purposes. It also encourages the development of productive facilities and resources in less developed countries.

(II) Balanced growth of international trade:
Promoting the long range balanced growth of trade at international level and the maintaining equilibrium in BOPs of member nations by encouraging international investment.

(III) Provision of loans and guarantees:
Arranging the loans or providing guarantees on loans by various other channels so as to execute important projects.

(IV) Promotion of foreign private investment:
The promotion of private foreign investment by means of guarantees on loans and other investment made by private investors. The Bank supplements private investment by providing finance for productive purpose out of its own resources or from borrowed funds.

(V) Technical services:
The World Bank facilitates different kinds of technical services to the member countries through Staff College and experts.

Question 37.
Discuss the role of WTO in India’s socio economic development?
Answer:
WTO and India:
India is the founding member of the WTO. India favours multilateral trade approach. It enjoys MFN status and allows the same status to all other trading partners. India benefited
from WTO on following grounds:

  1. By reducing tariff rates on raw materials, components and capital goods, it was able to import more for meeting her developmental requirements. India’s imports go on increasing.
  2. India gets market access in several countries without any bilateral trade agreements.
  3. Advanced technology has been obtained at cheaper cost.
  4. India is in a better position to get quick redressal from the trade disputes.
  5. The Indian exporters benefited from wider market information.

Question 38.
Write a note on?
(a) SAARC
(b) BRICS.
Answer:
(a) South Asian Association For Regional Co – Operation (SAARC):

  • The South Asian Association for Regional Co – operation (SAARC) is an organisation of South Asian nations, which was established on 8 December 1985 for the promotion of economic and social progress, cultural development within the South Asia region and also for friendship and co-operation with other developing countries.
  • The SAARC Group (SAARC) comprises of Bangaladesh, Bhutan, India, The Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka.
  • In April 2007, Afghanistan became its eighth member.
  • The basic aim of the organisation is to accelerate the process of economic and social development of member states through joint action in the agreed areas of cooperation.
  • The SAARC Secretariat was established in Kathmandu (Nepal) on 16th January 1987.
  • The first SAARC summit was held at Dhaka in the year 1985.
  • SAARC meets once in two years. Recently, the 20th SAARC summit was hosted by Srilanka in 2018.

(b) BRICS:

  • BRICS is the acronym for an association of five major emerging national economies: Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa.
  • Since 2009, the BRICS nations have met annually at formal summits.
  • South Africa hosted the 10th BRICS summit in July 2018.
  • The agenda for BRICS summit 2018 includes Inclusive growth, Trade issues, Global governance, Shared Prosperity, International peace and security.
  • It’s headquarters is at Shanghai, China.
  • The New Development Bank (NDB) formerly referred to as the BRICS Development Bank was established by BRICS States.
  • The first BRICS summit was held at Moscow and South Africa hosted the Tenth Conference at Johanesberg in July 2018.
  • India had an opportunity of hosting fourth and Eighth summits in 2009 and 2016 respectively.
  • The BRICS countries make up 21 percent of global GDP. They have increased their share of global GDP threefold in the past 15 years.
  • The BRICS are home to 43 percent of the world’s population.
  • The BRICS countries have combined foreign reserves of an estimated $ 4.4 trillion

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics International Economic Organisations Addtional Questions and Answers

Part – A
I. Multiple Choice Questions.

1.
The IMF has ……………………. member countries with Republic.
(a) 169
(b) 179
(c) 189
(d) 199
Answer:
(c) 189

Question 2.
The Brettonwoods conference proposed IMF, World Bank and International Trade Organisation in …………………….
(a)1914
(b) 1924
(c) 1934
(d) 1944
Answer:
(d) 1944

Question 3.
The GATT was transformed into …………………….
(a) IMF
(b) World Bank
(c) WTO
(d) IDBI
Answer:
(c) WTO

Question 4.
International Monetary Fund headquarters are present in …………………….
(a) Geneva
(b) Washington DC
(c) England
(d) China
Answer:
(b) Washington DC

Question 5.
The IMF is maintaining exchange rate stability and emphasising …………………….
(a) valuvation
(b) Devaluevation
(c) Equilibrium
(d) Disequillibrium
Answer:
(b) Devaluevation

Question 6.
The buffer stock financing facility was started in …………………….
(a)1949
(b)1959
(c) 1969
(d) 1979
Answer:
(c) 1969

Question 7.
……………………. was setup to augment the availability to concessional resources to low Income countries.
(a) SAF
(b) IMF
(c) ESAF
(d) BSF
Answer:
(c) ESAF

Question 8.
Special Drawing called …………………….
(a) Gold
(b) Metal
(c) Paper Gold
(d) Gold Paper
Answer:
(c) Paper Gold

Question 9.
India has been beneficiaries of the major beneferciaries of the ……………………. fund.
(a) SDR
(b) ESAF
(c) IMF
(d) World Bank
Answer:
(c) IMF

Question 10.
IMF fund has provided finance assistance to solve the balance payment problems of …………………….
(a) SDR
(b) ESAF
(c) IMF
(d) World Bank
Answer:
(c) IMF

Question 11.
IBRD otherwise called the …………………….
(a) IMF
(b) SDR
(c) SAF
(d) World Bank
Answer:
(d) World Bank

Question 12.
IMF is a prerequisite to become a member of …………………….
(a) SDR
(b) SAF
(c) World Bank
(d) SAF
Answer:
(c) World Bank

Question 13.
……………………. was established to provide long term financial assistance to member countries.
(a) IMF
(b IBRD
(c) SAF
(d) ESAF
Answer:
(b IBRD

Question 14.
World Bank advances loans out of its own …………………….
(a) Fund
(b) Money
(c) Finance
(d) Credit
Answer:
(a) Fund

Question 15.
The IBRD has ……………………. member countries.
(a) 159
(b) 169
(c) 179
(d) 189
Answer:
(d) 189

Question 16.
World Bank’s membership has 151 countries in …………………….
(a) 1968
(b) 1978
(c) 1988
(d) 1998
Answer:
(c) 1988

Question 17.
……………………. grants loans to member countries only for productive purposes.
(a) IMF
(b) World bank
(c) SAF
(d) ESAF
Answer:
(b) World bank

Question 18.
……………………. the soft loan window of the bank provides loans to UDC at very low rate of interest.
(a) World Bank
(b) IDA
(c) IMF
(d) IBRD
Answer:
(b) IDA

Question 19.
……………………. was first suggested by India to the drafting committee.
(a) IBRD
(b) IDA
(c) IMF
(d) SAF
Answer:
(a) IBRD

Question 20.
India was the largest beneficiary of the ……………………. assistance.
(a) IBRD
(b) IDA
(c) IMF
(d) World bank
Answer:
(d) World bank

Question 21.
The WTO was established in 1995 as a 28 successor to the …………………….
(a) World Bank
(b) IDA
(c) GATT
(d) IFC
Answer:
(c) GATT

Question 22.
The first WTO conference was held at in ……………………. 1996.
(a) Argentia
(b) Kazakhstan
(c) Singapore
(d) America
Answer:
(c) Singapore

Question 23.
A result of ……………………. the dependence of LDCs on advanced countries for seeds, drugs, fertilizers and pesticides.
(a) TRIPS
(b) TRIMS
(c) GATS
(d) GATT
Answer:
(a) TRIPS

Question 24.
……………………. are related to conditions or restrictions in respect of foreign investment in the country.
(a) TRIPS
(b) TRIMs
(c) GATT
(d) GATS
Answer:
(b) TRIMs

Question 25.
……………………. is the first Multilateral set of rules covering trade in services like banking, insurance, transportation, communication, etc.
(a) TRIPS
(b) TRIMs
(c) GATT
(d) GATS
Answer:
(d) GATS

Question 26.
……………………. governed the world trade in textiles and garments since 1974.
(a) GATS
(b) GATT
(c) MFA
(d) TRIPS
Answer:
(c) MFA

Question 27.
Agriculture was included for the first time under …………………….
(a) GATS
(b) GATT
(c) MFA
(d) TRIMs
Answer:
(b) GATT

Question 28.
……………………. is the founding member of the WTO.
(a) India
(b) China
(c) Africa
(d) Russia
Answer:
(a) India

II. Match the following and choose the correct answer by using codes given below.

Question 1.
A. ITO – (i) 1945
B. IMF – (ii) 1944
C. WTO – (iii) 1945
D. World Bank – (iv) 1995
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
(b) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)

Question 2.
A. International Monetary Fund – (i) Washington DC
B. World Trade Organisation – (ii) Washington DC
C. IBRD – (iii) 189 members
D. World Bank – (iv) Geneva
Codes:
(a) A(i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (iv) D (ii)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (iv) D (ii)

Question 3.
A. SDR – (i) 1963
B. CFF – (ii) Paper Gold
C. BSF – (iii) 1986
D. SAF – (iv) 1969
Codes:
(a) A (iii) B (ii) C(i) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)
(c) A (i) B (iv) C (iii) D (ii)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
Answer:
(b) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)

Question 4.
A. SAF – (i) Structural Adjustment Facility
B. BSF – (ii) Special Drawing Rights
C. CFF – (iii) Buffer Stock Facility
D. SDR – (iv) Compensatory Financing Facility
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (iii) C (iv) D (ii)
(b) A (ii) B (iv) C (iii) D (i)
(c) A (iii) B (ii) C(i) D (iv)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(a) A (i) B (iii) C (iv) D (ii)

Question 5.
A. IDA – (i) Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency
B. IFC – (ii) International Development Association
C. MIGA – (iii) International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes
D. ICSID – (iv) International Finance Corporation
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)
(c) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
Answer:
(c) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)

III. State whether the statements are true or false.

Question 1.
(i) Functions of IBRD is called
(a) Investment for productive purposes
(b) Provision of loans and guarantees.
(ii) Functions of IBRD is called
(a) Balanced growth of International trade
(b) Promotion of foreign private investment.
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 2.
Objectives of WTO are
(i) To ensure reduction of tariff and other barriers.
(ii) Low level of standard of living.
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 3.
(i) GATS is the first multilateral set of rules covering trade in services like Banking, Insurance, Transportation, Communication, etc.
(ii) GATS are related to conditions or restrictions in respect of Foreign Investment.
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 4.
Major objectives of SAARC
(i) To accelerate economic growth, social progress and cultural development in the region.
(ii) To promote and strengthen collective self – reliance among the countries of South Asia.
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 5.
Major Functions of the ASEAN
(i) It fosters co – operations in many areas including agriculture.
(ii) It paves way for market and investment opportunities for the all nations.
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false

IV. Which is the following is correctly matched.

Question 1.
(a) ITO – 1944
(b) World bank – 1946
(c) WTO – 1947
(d) IMF – 1995
Answer:
(a) ITO – 1944

Question 2.
(a) World Trade Organisation – Africa
(b) World Bank – Geneva
(c) International Monetary Fund – Washington DC
(d) GATT – Australia
Answer:
(c) International Monetary Fund – Washington DC

Question 3.
(a) Objectives of IMF – To promote textiles
(b) Functions of IMF – Exchange stability
(c) Facilities offered by IMF – Basic Debit Facility
(d) Achievements of IMF – Country discipline and co-operation
Answer:
(b) Functions of IMF – Exchange stability

Question 4.
(a) World Bank’s procedure – Loans out of its own fund
(b) Functions of IBRD – Promotion of government investment
(c) World Bank – Grants loans for Industry
(d) IDA – High interest of the loan
Answer:
(c) World Bank – Grants loans for Industry

Question 5.
(a) WTC headquarter – Newyork – USA
(b) WTO conference held at – Australia
(c) WTO Secretary General – Kazakhstan
(d) GATS service like – Industries
Answer:
(a) WTC headquarter – Newyork – USA

V. Which is the following is not correctly matched.

Question 1.
(a) MFA agreement – Textiles and garments
(b) WTO achievements – BOP problems has declined
(c) TRIPS – The dependence of LDCs on advanced countries for seeds, fertilizers, drugs has increased
(d) AOA – Trade development
Answer:
(d) AOA – Trade development

Question 2.
(a) Head quarters of SAARC – Kathmandu
(b) Member countries of IMF – 189
(c) World Trade Organisation – Geneva
(d) Long term loan – SAARC
Answer:
(d) Long term loan – SAARC

Question 3.
(a) GATT – WTO
(.b) SDR – 1969
(c) ITO – 1944
(d) SAARC – Investment
Answer:
(d) SAARC – Investment

Question 4.
(a) ASEAN – Bangkok
(b) IFC – 1996
(c) BRICS – 2001
(d) WTO conference – Singapore in 1996
Answer:
(b) IFC – 1996

Question 5.
(a) World Bank – 1945
(b) IFC – World Bank Group
(c) IBRD – World Bank
(d) SDRs – Monetary
Answer:
(d) SDRs – Monetary

VI. Pick the odd one out.

Question 1.
Objectives of WTO
(a) To ensure reduction of tariff and other barriers
(b) To eliminate discrimination in trade
(c) To facilitate low standard of living
(d) To facilitate optimal use of world’s resources
Answer:
(c) To facilitate low standard of living

Question 2.
WTO Agreements
(a) TRIPs
(b) TRIMs
(c) GAS
(d) GATS
Answer:
(c) GAS

Question 3.
Trade Blocks
(a) A free trade area
(b) A custom union
(c) Big market
(d) An economic union
Answer:
(c) Big market

Question 4.
ASEAN member countries
(a) Indonesia
(b) Malaysia
(c) Philippines
(d) America
Answer:
(d) America

Question 5.
Objectives of BRICs
(a) To increase trade co-operation by making an exclusive trade block
(b) To increase regional co-operation
(c) This group of nations is expecially meant for North-North frame work for co-operation
(d) To create a seperate trade block made for developing countries for trade co-operation
Answer:
(c) This group of nations is expecially meant for North-North frame work for co-operation

VII. Assertion and Reason.

Question 1.
Assertion (A): BRICS is the acronym for an association of five major emerging national economies Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa.
Reason (R): Originally the first four were grouped as “BRIC” before the Induction of South Africa in 2010.
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 2.
Assertion (A): SAARC is promote the welfare of the people of South Asia and improve their quality of life.
Reason (R): To strengthen co-operation with other under developing countries.
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 3.
Assertion (A): TRIMs are related to conditions or restrictions in respect of foreign investment in the country.
Reason (R): TRIMs calls for introducing equal treatment for Indian companies.
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 4.
Assertion (A): WTO are to ensure reduction of tariff and other barriers.
Reason (R): WTO are standard of living is very low.
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 5.
Assertion (A): The Dunkel Draft, formulated by Arthur Dunkel, its Secretary General became the base for WTO.
Reason (R): The first WTO conference was held at Singapore in 1996.
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 6.
Assertion (A): IMF objectives are facilitate faster and balanced growth of Internal trade.
Reason (R): IMF objectives are to promote international monetary co-operation among the member nations.
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 1.
Write IMF Functions group?
Answer:
The functions of the IMF are grouped under three heads.

  1. Financial – Assistance to correct short and medium tenn deficit in BOP;
  2. Regulatory – Code of conduct and
  3. Consultative – Counseling and technical consultancy.

Question 2.
Define IBRD?
Answer:

  1. The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), otherwise called the World Bank (WB) was established in 1945 under the Bretton Woods Conference in 1944.
  2. The purpose is to bring about a smooth transition from a war-time to peace-time economy.
  3. It is known as a sister institution along with the International Monetary Fund.
  4. The membership in International Monetary Fund is a prerequisite to become a member of IBRD.
  5. The IBRD was established to provide long term financial assistance to member countries.

Question 3.
Write the World bank activities of Rural areas?
Answer:
The bank now also takes interest in the activities of the development of rural areas such as:

  1. Spread of education among the rural people
  2. Development of roads in rural areas and
  3. Electrification of the villages.

Question 4.
Define World Trade Centre?
Answer:

  1. The WTO was established in 1995 as a successor to the GATT.
  2. It is a new international organization set up as a permanent body and is designed to play the role of watch dog in the spheres of trade in goods and services, foreign investment and intellectual property rights.
  3. The Dunkel Draft, formulated by Arthur Dunkel, its Secretary General became the base for WTO.

Question 5.
Define World Trade Organisation?
Answer:

  1. WTC headquarters located at New York, USA.
  2. It featured the landmark Twin Towers which was established on 4th April 1973.
  3. Later it was destroyed on 11th September 2001 by the craft attack.
  4. It brings together businesses involved in international trade from around the globe.

Question 6.
What is meaning of SAPTA, SAIC, SADF?
Answer:

  1. SAARC Preferential Trading Agreement (SAPTA)
  2. SAARC Agricultural Information Centre (SAIC)
  3. South Asian Development Fund (SADF)

Question 7.
Write the ‘ASEAN’ member of countries?
Answer:
ASEAN was established on 8 August 1967 in Bangkok by the five original member countries: Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore and Thailand.

Question 8.
Who are “dialogue partners”?
Answer:
The ASEAN, there are six “dialogue partners” which have been participating in its deliberations. They are China, Japan, India, South Korea, New Zealand and Australia.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 1.
Brief notes on India and IMF?
Answer:
India and IMF:
1. Till 1970, India stood fifth in the Fund and it had the power to appoint a permanent Executive Director.

2. India has been one of the major beneficiaries of the Fund assistance.

3. It has been getting aid from the various Fund Agencies from time to time and has been regularly repaying its debt.

4. India’s current quota in the IMF is SDRs (Special Drawing Rights) 5,821.5 million, making it the 13th largest quota holding country at IMF with shareholdings of 2.44%.

5. Besides receiving loans to meet deficit in its balance of payments, India has benefited in certain other respects from the membership of the Fund.

Question 2.
Write the objectives of World Bank?
Answer:
The following are the objectives of the World Bank:

  1. To help member countries for economic reconstruction and development.
  2. To stimulate long-run capital investment for restoring Balance of Payments (BoP) equilibrium and thereby ensure balanced development of international trade among the member nations.
  3. To provide guarantees for loans meant for infrastructural and industrial projects of member nations.
  4. To help war ravaged economies transform into peace economies.
  5. To supplement foreign private investment by direct loans out of its own funds for productive purposes.

Question 3.
Explain the objectives of WTO?
Answer:

  1. To ensure reduction of tariff and other barriers.
  2. To eliminate discrimination in trade.
  3. To facilitate higher standard of living.
  4. To facilitate optimal use of world’s resources.
  5. To enable the LDCs to secure fair share in the growth of international trade.
  6. To ensure linkages between trade policies, environmental policies and sustainable development.

Question 4.
Write the TRIPs agreement?
Answer:
Agreement on Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPs):
1. Intellectual Property Rights include copy right, trade marks, patents, geographical indications, trade secrets, industrial designs, etc.

2. TRIPS Agreement provides for granting product patents instead of process patents.

3. The period of protection will be 20 years for patents, 50 years for copy rights, 7 years for trade marks and 10 years for layout designs.

4. As a result of TRIPS, the dependence of LDCs on advanced countries for seeds, drugs, fertilizers and pesticides has increased.

5. Farmers are depending on the industrial firm for their seeds.

Question 5.
Explain the functions of WTO?
Answer:
The following are the functions of the WTO
1. It facilitates the implementation, administration and operation of the objectives of the Agreement and of the Multilateral Trade Agreements.

2. It provides the forum for negotiations among its members, concerning their multilateral trade relations in matters relating to the agreements.

3. It administers the Understanding on Rules and Procedures governing the Settlement of Disputes.

4. It cooperates with the IMF and the World Bank and its affiliated agencies with a view to achieving greater coherence in global economic policy making.

Question 6.
Explain the functions of ASEAN?
Answer:
Functions of the ASEAN:
1. It facilitates free movement of goods, services and investments within ASEAN by creating a single regional market like the European Union.

2. It provides free access to the marketers of one member country to the markets of all other member countries, thus fostering growth in the region.

3. It improves business competitiveness between businesses from different countries and also narrow developmental gaps between member countries.

4. It paves way for market and investment opportunities for the member nations.

5. It fosters co – operations in many areas including industry and trade.
All the ASEAN economies experienced a great economic crisis in the year 1997.

Question 7.
Explain the major achievements of WTO?
Answer:
The major achievements of WTO are as follows
1. Use of restrictive measures for BoP problems has declined markedly;

2. Services trade has been brought into the multilateral system and many countries, as in goods, are opening their markets for trade and investment;

3. The trade policy review mechanism has created a process of continuous monitoring of trade policy developments.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In About A Page.

Question 1.
Explain the IMF functions?
Answer:
Functions of IMF:
(I) Bringing stability in exchange rate:
The IMF is maintaining exchange rate stability and emphasising devaluation criteria, restricting members to go in for multiple exchange rates and also to buy or sell gold at prices other than declared par value. .

(II) Correcting BOP Disequilibrium:
The IMF is helping the member countries in eliminating or minimizing the short-period disequilibrium in their balance of payments either by selling or lending foreign currencies to the member nation.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 8 International Economic Organisations

(III) Determining par values:
1. IMF enforces the system of determination of par values of the currencies of the member countries.

2. According to the Articles of Agreement of the IMF, every member nation should declare the par value of its currency in terms of gold or US dollars.

3. Under this article, IMF ensures smooth working of the international monetary system, in favour of some developed countries.

(IV) Balancing demand and supply of currencies:
1. IMF is entrusted with the important function of maintaining balance between demand and supply of various currencies.

2. The Fund (IMF) can declare a currency as scarce currency which is in great demand and can increase its supply by borrowing it from the country concerned or by purchasing the same currency in exchange of gold.

(V) Reducing trade restrictions:
The Fund also aims at reducing tariffs and other trade barriers imposed by the member countries with the purpose of removing restrictions on remittance of funds or to avoid discriminating practices.

(VI) Providing credit facilities:
1. IMF is providing different borrowing and credit facilities with the objective of helping the member countries.

2. These credit facilities offered by it include basic credit facility, extended fund facility for a period of three years, compensatory financing facility and structural adjustment facility.

Question 2.
Briefly explain facilities offered by IMF?
Answer:
Facilities offered by IMF:
The Fund has created several new credit facilities for its members. Chief among them are:

(I) Basic Credit Facility:

  1. The IMF provides financial assistance to its member nations to overcome their temporary difficulties relating to balance of payments.
  2. A member nation can purchase from the Fund other currencies or SDRs, in exchange for its own currency, to finance payment deficits.
  3. The loan is repaid when the member repurchases its own currency with other currencies or SDRs.
  4. A member can unconditionally borrow from the Fund in a year equal to 25% of its quota.
  5. This unconditional borrowing right is called the reserve tranche.

(II) Extended Fund Facility:

  1. Under this arrangement, the IMF provides additional borrowing facility up to 140% of the member’s quota, over and above the basic credit facility.
  2. The extended facility is limited for a period up to 3 years and the rate of interest is low.

(III) Compensatory Financing Facility:

  1. In 1963, IMF established compensatory financing facility to provide additional financial assistance to the member countries, particularly primary producing countries facing shortfall in export earnings.
  2. In 1981, the coverage of the compensatory financing facility was extended to payment problem caused by the fluctuations in the cost of cereal inputs.

(IV) Buffer Stock Facility:

  1. The buffer stock financing facility was started in 1969.
  2. The purpose of this scheme was to help the primary goods (food grains) producing countries to finance contributions to buffer stock arrangements for the stabilisation of primary product prices.

(V) Supplementary Financing Facility:
Under the supplementary financing facility, the IMF makes temporary arrangements to provide supplementary financial assistance to member countries facing payments problems relating to their present quota sizes.

(VI) Structural Adjustment Facility:
1. The IMF established Structural Adjustment Facility (SAF) in March 1986 to provide additional balance of payments assistance on concessional terms to the poorer member countries.

2. In December 1987, the Enhanced Structural Adjustment Facility (ESAF) was set up to augment the availability of concessional resources to low income countries.

3. The purpose of SAF and ESAF is to force the poor countries to undertake strong macroeconomic and structural programmes to improve their balance of payments positions and promote economic growth.

Question 3.
Explain the achievements of World Bank?
Answer:
Achievements of World Bank:
The World Bank is said to be successful in achieving its primary objective of reconstruction and development of war ravaged nations. It helped greatly in the reconstruction of Europe after the World War II. It has been providing the developed and developing countries the same treatment in the process of growth.

(I) It is noted that the Bank’s membership has increased from the initial number of 30 countries to 68 countries in 1960 and to 151 countries in 1988. The IBRD has 189 member countries,

(II) The Bank grants medium and long-term loans (i.e., payable over a period of 15-20 years) for reconstruction and development purposes to the member countries. The actual term of a loan depends upon the estimated useful life of the equipment or plant financed.

(III) Initially the World Bank’s loans were mainly directed at the European countries for financing their programmes of reconstruction. Later it changed its development loan strategy and lays more emphasis of financing schemes for the poor masses of the developing countries.

(IV) The World Bank grants loans to member countries only for productive purposes particularly for agriculture, irrigation, power and transport. In other words, the Bank strengthens infrastructure needed for further development.

(V) The International Development Association (IDA), the Soft Loan Window of the Bank provides loans to UDCs at very low rate of interest. However, the economic inequality among the member-countries goes on increasing. Many African countries are yet to improve their economic status.

Question 4.
Bringout the objectives of SAARC?
Answer:
Objectives of SAARC:
According to Article I of the Charter of the SAARC, the objectives of the Association are as follows:

  1. To promote the welfare of the people of South Asia and improve their quality of life
  2. To accelerate economic growth, social progress and cultural development in the region
  3. To promote and strengthen collective self – reliance among the countries of South Asia
  4. To contribute to mutual trust, understanding and appreciation of one another’s problems
  5. To promote active collaboration and mutual assistance in the economic, social, cultural, technical and scientific fields
  6. To strengthen co – operation with other developing countries
  7. To strengthen cooperation among themselves in international forums on matters of common interest
  8. To cooperate with international and regional organisations with similar aims and purposes.

Question 5.
Briefly explain achievements of SAARC?
Answer:
Achievements of SAARC:
1. The establishment of SAARC Preferential Trading Agreement (SAPTA) and reduction in tariff and non-tariff barriers on imports.

2. The setting up of Technical Committees for economic cooperation among SAARC countries relating to agriculture, communications, education, health and population, rural development, science and technology, tourism, etc.

3. SAARC has established a three-tier mechanism for exchanging information on poverty reduction programmes which is passed on to member countries.

4. SAARC Agricultural Information Centre (SAIC) in 1988 works as a central information institution for agriculture related resources like fisheries, forestry, etc.

5. South Asian Development Fund (SADF) for development projects, human resource development and infrastructural development projects. With all these tall claims, the inter- SAARC Trade has not gone beyond three percent in the last 30 years.

Share this Tamilnadu State Board 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 8 International Economic Organisations Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the grammar issues in exams. Keep visiting this site frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 2 National Income

Students of 12th can get the pdf links of Tamilnadu State Board Economics Solutions here. You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Book Solutions Chapter 2 National Income Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 2 National Income

It is very important to put the textbook aside while preparing for the exams. So, if you follow Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Chapter 2 National Income Questions and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics National Income Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – A

Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
Net National product at factor cost is also known as –
(a) National Income
(b) Domestic Income
(c) Per capita Income
(d) Salary
Answer:
(a) National Income

Question 2.
Primary sector is –
(a) Industry
(b) Trade
(c) Agriculture
(d) Construction
Answer:
(c) Agriculture

Question 3.
National income is measured by using ………………. methods.
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Five
(d) Four
Answer:
(b) Three

Question 4.
Income method is measured by summing up of all forms of –
(a) Revenue
(b) Taxes
(c) Expenditure
(d) Income
Answer:
(d) Income

Question 5.
Which is the largest figure?
(a) Disposable income
(b) Personal Income
(c) NNP
(d) GNP
Answer:
(d) GNP

Question 6.
Expenditure method is used to estimate national income in –
(a) Construction sector
(b) Agricultural Sector
(c) Service sector
(d) Banking sector
Answer:
(a) Construction sector

Question 7.
Tertiary sector is also called as ……………………….. sector.
(a) Service
(b) Income
(c) Industrial
(d) Production
Answer:
(a) Service

Question 8.
National income is a measure of the performance of an economy.
(a) Industrial
(b) Agricultural
(c) Economic
(d) Consumption
Answer:
(c) Economic

Question 9.
Per capita income is obtained by dividing the National income by –
(a) Production
(b) Population of a country
(c) Expenditure
(d) GNP
Answer:
(b) Population of a country

Question 10.
GNP = ……………………… + Net factor income from abroad.
(a) NNP
(b) NDP
(c) GDP
(d) Personal income
Answer:
(c) GDP

Question 11.
NNP stands for ………………………
(a) Net National Product
(b) National Net product
(c) National Net Provident
(d) Net National Provident
Answer:
(a) Net National Product

Question 12.
…………………… is deducted from gross value to get the net value.
(a) Income
(b) Depreciation
(c) Expenditure
(d) Value of final goods
Answer:
(b) Depreciation

Question 13.
The financial year in India is –
(a) April 1 to March 31
(b) March 1 to April 30
(c) March 1 to March 16
(d) January 1 to December 31
Answer:
(a) April 1 to March 31

Question 14.
When net factor income from abroad is deducted from NNP, the net value is –
(a) Gross National Product
(b) Disposable Income
(c) Net Domestic Product
(d) Personal Income
Answer:
(c) Net Domestic Product

Question 15.
The value of NNP at production point is called –
(a) NNP at factor cost
(b) NNP at market cost
(c) GNP at factor cost
(d) Per capita income
Answer:
(a) NNP at factor cost

Question 16.
The average income of the country is –
(a) Personal Income
(b) Per capita income
(c) Inflation Rate
(d) Disposal Income
Answer:
(b) Per capita income

Question 17.
The value of national income adjusted for inflation is called –
(a) Inflation Rate
(b) Disposal Income
(c) GNP
(d) Real national income
Answer:
(d) Real national income

Question 18.
Which is a flow concept?
(a) Number of shirts
(b) Total wealth
(c) Monthly income
(d) Money supply
Answer:
(c) Monthly income

Question 19.
PQLI is the indicator of –
(a) Economic growth
(b) Economic welfare
(c) Economic progress
(d) Economic development
Answer:
(b) Economic welfare

Question 20.
The largest proportion of national income comes from –
(a) Private sector
(b) Local sector
(c) Public sector
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) Private sector

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 21.
Define National Income?
Answer:
National Income means the total money value of all final goods and services produced in a country during a particular period of time (one year).

Question 22.
Write the formula for calculating GNP?
Answer:
GNP at market prices means the gross value of final goods and services produced annually in a country plus net factor income from abroad
(C + I + G + (X – M) + (R – P)).

Question 23.
What is the difference between NNP and NDP?
Answer:
NNP:

  1. NNP refers to the market value of output.
  2. NNP at factor cost is the total of income payment made to factors of production.

NDP:

  1. NDP is the value of net output of the economy during the year
  2. The country’s capital equipment wears out of becomes outdated each year during the production process.

Question 24.
Trace the relationship between GNP and NNP?
Answer:
GNP:
1. Total money value of final goods and services produced in a country during a particular year (one year).

NNP:
1. Total money value of final goos and services produced in a country in a country during a particular year (one year).

Question 25.
What do you mean by the term ‘Personal Income’?
Answer:
Personal income is the total income received by the individuals of a country from all sources before payment of direct taxes in a year.

Question 26.
Define GDP deflator?
Answer:
GDP is the total market value of final goods and services produced within the country during a year. This is calculated at market prices and is known as GDP at market prices. Thus GDP by expenditure method at market prices = C + I + G + (X – M)
Where C – consumption goods;
I – Investment goods;
G – Government purchases;
(X – M) is net export which can be positive or negative.

Question 27.
Why is self consumption difficult in measuring national income?
Answer:

  1. Farmers keep a large portion of food and other goods produced on the farm for self consumption.
  2. The problem is whether that part of the produce which is not sold in the market can be included in national income or not.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 28.
Write a short note on per capita income?
Answer:
Per Capita Income:

  1. The average income of a person of a country in a particular year is called Per Capita Income.
  2. Per capita income is obtained by dividing national income by population.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Chapter 2 National Income

Question 29.
Differentiate between personal and disposable income?
Answer:
Personal income:
Personal income is the total income received by the individuals of a country from all sources before payment of direct taxes in a year.

Disposable income:
Disposable Income is also known as Disposable personal income. It is the individuals income after the payment of income tax. This is the amount available for households for consumption.

Question 30.
Explain briefly NNP at factor cost?
Answer:
Net National Product refers to the value of the net output of the economy during the year. NNP is obtained by deducting the value of depreciation, or replacement allowance of the capital assets from the GNP. It is expressed as, NNP = GNP – depreciation allowance.

Question 31.
Give short note on Expenditure method?
The Expenditure Method (Outlay method):
Answer:

  1. The total expenditure incurred by the society in a particular year is added together.
  2. To calculate the expenditure of a society, it includes personal consumption expenditure, net domestic investment, government expenditure on consumption as well as capital goods and net exports.

Question 32.
What is the solution to the problem of double counting in the estimation of national income?
Answer:

  1. The value obtained is actually the GNP at market prices. Care must be taken to avoid double counting.
  2. The value of the final product is derived by the summation of all the values added in the productive process.
  3. To avoid double counting, either the value of the final output should be taken into the estimate of GNP or the sum of values added should be taken.
  4. Double counting is to be avoided under value added method.
  5. Any commodity which is either raw material or intermediate good for the final production should not be included.
  6. For example, value of cotton enters value of yam as cost, and value of yam in cloth and
    that of cloth in garments.
  7. At every stage value added only should be calculated.

Question 33.
Write briefly about national income and welfare?
Answer:
National Income and Welfare:
National Income is considered as an indicator of the economic wellbeing of a country. The per capita income as an index of economic welfare suffers from limitations which are stated below:

  1. The economic welfare depends upon the composition of goods and services provided. The greater the proportion of capital goods over consumer goods, the improvement in economic welfare will be lesser.
  2. Higher GDP with greater environmental hazards such as air, water and soil pollution will be little economic welfare.
  3. The production of war goods will show the increase in national output but not welfare.
  4. An increase in per capita income may be due to employment of women and children or forcing workers to work for long hours. But it will not promote economic welfare.

Question 34.
List out the uses of national income?
Answer:
The following are some of the concepts used in measuring national income?
GDP:

  1. GDP is the total market value of final goods and services produced within the country during a year.
  2. This is calculated at market prices and is known as GDP at market prices. Thus GDP by expenditure method at market

prices = C + I + G + (X-M)
Where C – Consumption goods;
I – Investment goods;
G – Government purchases;
(X – M) is net export which can be positive or negative.

Net National Product (NNP) (at Market price):

  1. Net National Product refers to the value of the net output of the economy during the year.
  2. NNP is obtained by deducting the value of depreciation, or replacement allowance of the capital assets from the GNP. It is expressed as,
  3. NNP = GNP – depreciation allowance.

NNP at Factor cost:

  1. NNP refers to the market value of output.
  2. NNP at factor cost is the total of income payment made to factors of production.

Personal Income:

  1. Personal income is the total income received by the individuals of a country’ from all sources before payment of direct taxes in a year.

Per Capita Income:

  1. The average income of a person of a country in a particular year is called Per Capita Income.
  2. Per capita income is obtained by dividing national income by population.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 2 National Income

Disposable Income:

  1. Disposable Income is also known as Disposable personal income.
  2. It is the individuals income after the payment of income tax.
  3. This is the amount available for households for consumption.

Real Income:

  1. Nominal income is national income expressed in terms of a general price level of a particular year in other words, real income is the buying power of nominal income.

GDP deflator:

  1. GDP deflator is an index of price changes of goods and services included in GDP.
  2. It is a price index which is calculated by dividing the nominal GDP in a given year by the real GDP for the same year and multiplying it by 100.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In One Page.

Question 35.
Explain the importance of national income
Importance of National Income Analysis
Answer:
National income is of great importance for the economy of a country. Nowadays the national income is regarded as accounts of the economy, which are known as social accounts. It enables us:
1. To know the relative importance of the various sectors of the economy and their contribution towards national income; from the calculation of national income, we could find how income is produced, how it is distributed, how much is spent, saved or taxed.

2. To formulate the national policies such as monetary policy, fiscal policy and other policies; the proper measures can be adopted to bring the economy to the right path with the help of collecting national income data.

3. To formulate planning and evaluate plan progress; it is essential that the data pertaining to a country’s gross income, output, saving and consumption from different sources should be available for economic planning.

4. To build economic models both in short – run and long – run.

5. To make international comparison, inter – regional comparison and inter – temporal comparison of growth of the economy during different periods.

6. To know a country’s per capita income which reflects the economic welfare of the country (Provided income is equally distributed)

7. To know the distribution of income for various factors of production in the country.

8. To arrive at many macro economic variables namely, Tax – GDP ratio, Current Account Deficit – GDP ratio, Fiscal Deficit – GDP ratio, Debt – GDP ratio etc.

Question 36.
Discuss the various methods of estimating the national income of a country?
Answer:
There are three methods that are used to measure national income.

  1. Production or value added method
  2. Income method or factor earning method
  3. Expenditure method

And if these methods are done correctly, the following equation must hold
Output = Income = Expenditure
This is because the three methods are circular in nature. It begins as production, through recruitments of factors of production, generating income and going as incomes to factors of production.

Product Method:
Product method measures the output of the country. It is also called inventory method. Under this method, the gross value of output from different sectors like agriculture, industry, trade and commerce, etc., is obtained for the entire economy during a year. The value obtained is actually the GNP at market prices. Care must be taken to avoid double counting.

Income Method (Factor Earning Method):
This method approaches national income from the distribution side. Under this method, national income is calculated by adding up all the incomes generated in the course of producing national product.
National income is calculated as domestic factor income plus net factor incomes from abroad. In short,
Y = w + r + i + π + (R – P)
w = wages, r = rent, i = interest, n = profits,
This method is adopted for estimating the contributions of the remaining sectors, viz., small enterprises, banking and insurance, commerce and transport, professions, liberal arts and domestic service, public authorities, house property and foreign sector transaction.

The Expenditure Method (Outlay method): \
The total expenditure incurred by the society in a particular year is added together. To calculate the expenditure of a society, it includes personal consumption expenditure, net domestic investment, government expenditure on • consumption as well as capital goods and net exports. Symbolically,
GNP = C + I + G + (X – M)
C – Private consumption expenditure
I – Private Investment Expenditure
G – Government expenditure
X – M = Net exports

Question 37.
What are the difficulties involved in the measurement of national income?
Answer:
Difficulties in Measuring National Income:

  1. In India, a special conceptual problem is posed by the existence of a large, unorganised and non-monetised subsistence sector where the barter system still prevails for transacting goods and services.
  2. Here, a proper valuation of output is very difficult.

Transfer payments:

  1. Government makes payments in the form of pensions, unemployment allowance, subsidies, etc. These are government expenditure.
  2. But they are not included in the national income.
  3. Because they are paid without adding anything to the production processes.
  4. During a year, Interest on national debt is also considered transfer payments because it is paid by the government to individuals and firms on their past savings without any productive work.

Difficulties in assessing depreciation allowance:

  1. The deduction of depreciation allowances, accidental damages, repair and replacement charges from the national income is not an easy task.
  2. It requires high degree of judgment to assess the depreciation allowance and other charges.
    Unpaid services:
  3. A housewife renders a number of useful services like preparation of meals, serving, tailoring, mending, washing, cleaning, bringing up children, etc.
  4. She is not paid for them and her services are not directly included in national income.

Income from illegal activities:

  1. Income earned through illegal activities like gambling, smuggling, illicit extraction of liquor, etc., is not included in national income.
  2. Such activities have value and satisfy the wants of the people but they are not considered as productive from the point of view of society.

Production for self-consumption and changing price:

  1. Farmers keep a large portion of food and other goods produced on the farm for self consumption.
  2. The problem is whether that part of the produce which is not sold in the market can be included in national income or not.

Capital Gains:

  1. The problem also arises with regard to capital gains.
  2. Capital gains arise when a capital asset such as a house, other property, stocks or shares, etc. is sold at higher price than was paid for it at the time of purchase.
  3. Capital gains are excluded from national income.

Statistical problems:

  1. There are statistical problems, too. Great care is required to avoid double counting. Statistical data may not be perfectly reliable, when they are compiled from numerous sources.
  2. Skill and efficiency of the statistical staff and cooperation of people at large are also equally important in estimating national income.

Question 38.
Discuss the importance of social accounting in economic analysis?
Answer:
National Income and Social Accounting:

  1. National income is also being measured by the social accounting method.
  2. Under this method, the transactions among various sectors such as firms, households, government, etc., are recorded and their interrelationships traced.
  3. The social accounting framework is useful for economists as well as policy makers, because it represents the major economic flows and statistical relationships among various sectors of the economic system.
  4. It becomes possible to forecast the trends of economy more accurately.

Social Accounting and Sector:

  1. Under this method, the economy is divided into several sectors.
  2. A sector is a group of individuals or institutions having common interrelated economic transactions.
  3. The economy is divided into the following sectors:
    1. Firms
    2. Households
    3. Government
    4. Rest of the world and
    5. Capital sector.
  4. “Firms” undertake productive activities. Thus, they are all organizations which employ the factors of production to produce goods and services.
  5. “Households” are consuming entities and represent the factors of production, who receive payment for services rendered by them to firms. Households consume the goods and services that are produced by the firms.
  6. “The Government sector” refers to the economic transactions of public bodies at all levels, centre, state and local.
  7. The main function of the government is to provide social goods like defence, public health, education, etc.
  8. “Rest of the world sector” relates to international economic transactions of the country. It contains income, export and import transactions, external loan transaction, and allied overseas investment income and payments.
  9. “Capital sector” refers to saving and investment activities. It includes the transactions of banks, insurance corporations, financial houses, and other agencies of the money market.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics National Income Additional Questions

Part – A
I. Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
Who first introduced the concept of national Income?
Answer:
(a) Simon Kuznets
(b) Karl Marx
(c) Marshall
(d) Adam Smith
Answer:
(a) Simon Kuznets

Question 2.
………………. is the total market value of final goods and services produced with in the country during a year?
(a) GNP
(b) NDP
(c) GDP
(d) NNP
Answer:
(c) GDP

Question 3.
……………………. is also known as Disposable Personal Income?
(a) Personal Income
(b) Disposable Income
(c) Consumer Income
(d) Product Income
Answer:
(b) Disposable Income

Question 4.
………………………. is great importance for the economy of a country?
(a) Personal Income
(b) National Income
(c) Industry Income
(d) Village Income
Answer:
(b) National Income

Question 5.
…………………….. helps to build economic models both in short run and long run?
(a) National Income
(b) Personal Income
(c) Per Capita Income
(d) State Income
Answer:
(a) National Income

Question 6.
……………….. Sector refer to Saving and Investment activities?
(a) Government
(b) World
(c) Capital
(d) Accounting
Answer:
(c) Capital

Question 7.
The Economy is divided into the ………………….. sectors?
(a) two
(b) three
(c) four
(d) five
Answer:
(d) five

Question 8.
…………………….. is considered as a better Indicator of economic welfare?
(a) PQLI
(b) NNP
(c) GDP
(d) NNP
Answer:
(a) PQLI

Question 9.
……………………. means the total money value of all final goods and services produced in a country?
(a) Personal Income
(b) Disposable Income
(c) National Income
(d) Per Capita Income
Answer:
(c) National Income

Question 10.
While assessing sectoral contribution to GDP, the economy is Sectors?
(a) two
(b) three
(c) four
(d) five
Answer:
(b) three

Question 11.
The growth of an economy is indicated by an –
(a) increase in general price level
(b) increase in National Income
(c) increase in contribution of agriculture
(d) increase in Investment
Answer:
(b) increase in National Income

Question 12.
Per Capital Income of an economy can be established by –
(a) Dividing GDP by population
(b) dividing GNP by population
(c) multiplying GNP by population
(d) Multiplying GDP by population
Answer:
(b) dividing GNP by population

Question 13.
Write the Four Sector Model of National Income?
(а) Y = C + I + G + (X – M)
(b) Y = C + I + G + X
(c) Y = C + I + G + M
(d) Y – C + I + G (M – X)
Answer:
(а) Y = C + I + G + (X – M)

Question 14.
Which includes profits earned from Capital Invested abroad?
(a) GNP
(b) GDP
(c) NNP
(d) NDP
Answer:
(a) GNP

Question 15.
Write two components of National Income?
(a) Consumers and producers
(b) Consumers and Industries
(c) Consumers and agricultures
(d) Agricultures and Industries
Answer:
(a) Consumers and producers

Question 16.
The country’s economic performance has been measured by Indicators of –
(a) per Capita Income
(b) national Income
(c) per People’s Income
(d) state Income
Answer:
(b) national Income

Question 17.
NNP is arrived by deducting value of depreciation from –
(a) NDP
(b) GDP
(c) GNP
(d) NNP
Answer:
(c) GNP

Question 18.
Income Method of National Income is the side of our National Income?
(a) Production
(b) Agriculture
(c) Income
(d) Distribution
Answer:
(d) Distribution

Question 19.
The difference between NNP and NDP is –
(a) net Factor Income from abroad
(b) depreciation
(c) current transfer
(d) direct taxes
Answer:
(a) net Factor Income from abroad

Question 20.
In …………………… method, the measures of GDP?
(a) Income
(b) Expenditure
(c) Product
(d) Capital
Answer:
(c) Product

Question 21.
………………… is measure of Income flow from production.
(a) Per Capita Income
(b) National Income
(c) Personal Income
(d) Income method
Answer:
(b) National Income

Question 22.
In estimating national Income, Net value added method is also known as –
(a) income Method
(b) expenditure Method
(c) product Method
(d) investment Method
Answer:
(c) product Method

Question 23.
National Income as commonly understood by everyone refers to –
(a) GNP
(b) GDP
(c) NDP
(d) NNP
Answer:
(d) NNP

Question 24.
Economic growth is determined by changes in ……………………… National income of the country.
(a) Real
(b) Total
(c) True
(d) GDP
Answer:
(c) True

Question 25.
GDP is measure of an economy’s total ………………………..
(a) inflation
(b) deflation
(c) product
(d) output
Answer:
(d) output

II. Match the following and choose the correct answer by using codes given below:

Question 1.
A. Nominal Income – (i) Facrtor earninig method
B. Production – (ii) National Income
C. Income Method – (iii) Final value of goods
D. Expenditure Method – (iv) Value added method
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)
(b) A (iii) B(ii) C (iv) D (i)
(c) A (ii) B (iv) C (iii) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (iv) C (i) D (iii)

Question 2.
A. GDP – (i) NNP
B. Net Income Abroad – (ii) Foreign trade excluded
C. GNP – Depreciation – (iii) X – M
D. Net National Product – (iv) GNP – Depreciation
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (iii) C (i) D (iv)
(c) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
(d) A (iii) B (ii) C (iv) D (i)
Answer:
(b) A (ii) B (iii) C (i) D (iv)

Question 3.
A. Per Capita Income – (i) Half of our National Income
B. Purchasing power of Income – (ii) C + I + G + (X – M)
C. Service Sector – (iii) Standard of Living
D. Expenditure method – (iv) National Income
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
(c) A (ii) B (i) C (iii) D (iv)
(d) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(d) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)

Question 4.
A. Labour Income – (i) Profit and Interest
B. Capital Income – (ii) Domestic Factor Income
C. Mixed Income – (iii) Wages and Salaries
D. National Income – (iv) Farming, Sole proprietorship
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iv) D (iv)
(b) A (i) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
(c) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)
(d) A (iv) B (ii) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(c) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)

Question 5.
A. Income Method – (i) Outlay Method
B. Expenditure Method – (ii) Y = w + r + π + 7t + (R – P)
C. Income Method – (iii) GNP = C + I + G + (X-M)
D. Expenditure Method – (iv) Factor Earning Method
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)
(b) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(c) A (iii) B (ii) C (i) D (iv)
(d) A (i) B (iv) C (iii) D (ii)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)

III. State whether the statements are true or false.

Question 1.
(i) Net Factor Income earned abroad is always positive.
(ii) Per Capita Income is influenced vastly by population growth.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true

Question 2.
(i) Income Method estimates National Income from the production side.
(ii) The value added method is also known as output method.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (0 and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true

Question 3.
(i) National Income at current prices is vastly influenced by a rise in general price levels.
(ii) Percentage share of agriculture sector in the national income is increasing.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 4.
(i) GNP is Crude Indicator for living standard.
(ii) The non – resident Indian income will be added to GDP to arrive at our GNP.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 5.
(i) Secondary Sector is Agriculture.
(ii) Tertiary Sector is Industry.
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false

IV. Which of the following is correctly matched:

Question 1.
(a) Disposable Income – Gross National Product
(b) Three Method – Domestic Income
(c) Parallel Economy – Industries
(d) Transfer Earnings – Medical payments
Answer:
(a) Disposable Income – Gross National Product

Question 2.
(a) National Income – Employment
(b) GDP Indicates – Productive capacity
(c) Output = Income = – Price
(d) Primary Sector – Banking
Answer:
(b) GDP Indicates – Productive capacity

Question 3.
(a) Expenditure Method – Per Capita Income
(b) Product Method – Self consumption
(c) Income Method – Factor Earning Method
(d) Revenue Method – Outlay Method
Answer:
(c) Income Method – Factor Earning Method

Question 4.
(a) Labour Income – Farming, Sole proprietorship
(b) Capital Income – Profit, Interest, Dividend & Royalty
(c) Mixed Income – Domestic Factor Income
(d) National Income – Wages and Salaries
Answer:
(b) Capital Income – Profit, Interest, Dividend & Royalty

Question 5.
(a) PQLI – Physical Quantity of Life Index
(b) PQLI – Personal Quantity of Life Index
(c) PQLI – Personal Quality of Life Index
(d) PQLI – Physical Quality of Life Index
Answer:
(d) PQLI – Physical Quality of Life Index

V. Which of the following is not correctly matched:

Question 1.
(a) Simon Kuznets introduced – National Income
(b) Illegal activities are – Gambling and Smuggling
(c) Product Method, the measures – GDP
(d) Income Method – Expenditure Method
Answer:
(a) Income Method – Expenditure Method

Question 2.
(a) Disposable Income – Disposable Personal Income
(b) Per Capita Income – The average income of a person
(c) Real Income – Production
(d) Nominal Income – National Income
Answer:
(c) Real Income – Production

Question 3.
(a) Product Method – Inventory Method
(b) Income Method – Factor Earning Method
(c) Expenditure Method – Outlay Method
(d) Value added Method – Transfer Payments
Answer:
(d) Value added Method – Transfer Payments

Question 4.
(a) Two Sector Model – Households, firms
(b) Four Sector Economy – Foreign Earning Method
(c) Four Sector Model – outlay Method
(d) Major Problem – Transfer Payments
Answer:
(a) Two Sector Model – Households, firms

Question 5.
(a) Transfer payments – Pensions, unemployement
(b) Unpaid services – House Wife
(c) Illegal activities – Smuggling
(d) The Government Sector – Private Enterprises
Answer:
(d) The Government Sector – Private Enterprises

VI. Pick the odd one out.

Question 1.
The concepts used in Measuring National Income?
(a) GDP
(b) NNP
(c) NNP at factor cost
(d) Personal Expenditure
Answer:
(d) Personal Expenditure

Question 2.
GNP – Includes these types of final goods and services?
(a) Consumption
(b) Investment
(c) Government
(d) Capital
Answer:
(d) Capital

Question 3.
The Expenditure Method precautions are –
(a) Second hand goods should not be included
(b) Purchase of shares and bonds are not be included
(c) Transfer payments of old age pension added
(d) Avoid double counting
Answer:
(c) Transfer payments of old age pension added

Question 4.
The Economy is divided into the following sectors –
(a) Investment Sector
(b) Firms
(c) Households
(d) Government Sector
Answer:
(a) Investment Sector

Question 5.
Dispsoable Income is the individuals Income after the payment of Income tax?
(a) Disposable Income = Personal Income – Direct tax
(b) Disposable Income = Consumption + Saving
(c) Disposable Income = Agriculture + Industry
(d) Disposable Income = Individual Income + Income Tax
Answer:
(c) Disposable Income = Agriculture + Industry

VII. Assertion and Reason.

Question 1.
Assertion (A): National Income is a measure of the total value of the goods and services produced in an economy for a year.
Reason (R): GNP – is the total value of output produced and income received in a year by domestic residence of a country.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false (id) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 2.
Assertion (A): Product method measures the output of the country.
Reason (R): Product method measures the agriculture field only.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is – true but ‘R’ is false

Question 3.
Assertion (A): Deflation is the common feature in almost all the economies.
Reason (R): Inflation is the common feature in almost all the economies.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true

Question 4.
Assertion (A): The Income method is called Factor Earning Method.
Reason (R): This method approaches National Income from the distribution side.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 5.
Assertion (A): The Expenditure method is called outlay method.
Reason (R): This method is used only private sector.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 1.
Write the Factor Incomes group?
Answer:
Factor incomes are grouped under labour income, capital income and mixed income.

  1. Labour income – Wages and salaries, fringe benefits, employer’s contribution to social security.
  2. Capital income – Profit, interest, dividend and royalty
  3. Mixed income – Farming, sole proprietorship and other professions.

Question 2.
Write the headlines of difficulties in Measuring National Income?
Answer:
Difficulties in Measuring National Income:

  1. Transfer payments:
  2. Difficulties in assessing depreciation allowance:
  3. Unpaid services:
  4. Income from illegal activities:
  5. Production for self-consumption and changing price:
  6. Capital Gains:
  7. Statistical problems

Question 3.
Define “Capital Gains”?
Answer:
The problem also arises with regard to capital gains. Capital gains arise when a capital asset such as a house, other property, stocks or shares, etc. is sold at higher price than was paid for it at the time of purchase. Capital gains are excluded from national income.

Question 4.
Define “Social and Environmental Cost”?
Answer:
Social and Environmental Cost: While producing economic goods, many environmental and social bads are also generated. Hence, they also must be considered while enumerating National income.

Question 5.
Define “National Income & Erosion of National Wealth”?
Answer:
For achieving higher GDP, larger natural resources are being depleted or damaged. This means reduction of potential for future growth. Hence, it is suggested that while assessing national income, loss of natural resources should be subtracted from national income.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 1.
Write the statistical problems?
Answer:
The following are the some of the statistical problems:

  1. Accurate and reliable data are not adequate, as farm output in the subsistence sector is not completely informed. In animal husbandry, there are no authentic production data available.
  2. Different languages, customs, etc., also create problems in computing estimates.
  3. People in India are indifferent to the official inquiries. They are in most cases non – cooperative also.
  4. Most of the statistical staff are untrained and inefficient.

Question 2.
Discuss the estimating the national income through the Income Method precautions?
Answer:

  1. Transfer payments are not to be included in estimation of national income as these payments are not received for any services provided in the current year such as pension, social insurance etc.
  2. The receipts from the sale of second hand goods should not be treated as part of national income as they do not create new flow of goods or services in the current year.
  3. Windfall gains such as lotteries are also not to be included as they do not represent receipts from any current productive activity.
  4. Corporate profit tax should not be separately included as it has been already included as a part of company profit.

Question 3.
What is Market price and Equations?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 2 National Income

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In One Page.

Question 1.
Write the gross value of the farm output in India?
Answer:
In India, the gross value of the farm output is obtained as follows:

  1. Total production of 64 agriculture commodities is estimated. The output of each crop is measured by multiplying the area sown by the average yield per hectare.
  2. The total output of each commodity is valued at market prices.
  3. The aggregate value of total output of these 64 commodities is taken to measure the gross value of agricultural output.
  4. The net value of the agricultural output is measured by making deductions for the cost of seed, manures and fertilisers, market charges, repairs and depreciation from the gross value.

Question 2.
Explain the Expenditure Method (Outlay Method) precautions?
Answer:
Precautions:

  1. Second hand goods:
    The expenditure made on second hand goods should not be included.
  2. Purchase of shares and bonds:
    Expenditures on purchase of old shares and bonds in the secondary market should not be included.
  3. Transfer payments:
    Expenditures towards payment incurred by the government like old age pension should not be included.
  4. Expenditure on intermediate goods:
    Expenditure on seeds and fertilizers by farmers, cotton and yam by textile industries are not to be included to avoid double counting. That is only expenditure on final products are to be included.

Question 3.
Explain the Importance of Factor Cost?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 2 National Income

Share this Tamilnadu State Board 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 2 National Income Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the grammar issues in exams. Keep visiting this site frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Students of 12th can get the pdf links of Tamilnadu State Board Economics Solutions here. You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Book Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

It is very important to put the textbook aside while preparing for the exams. So, if you follow Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning Questions and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Economics of Development and Planning Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – A
Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
“Redistribution with Growth” became popular slogan under which approach?
(a) Traditional approach
(b) New welfare oriented approach
(c) Industrial approach
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) New welfare oriented approach

Question 2.
Which is not the feature of economic growth?
(a) Concerned with developed nations
(b) Gradual change
(c) Concerned with quantitative aspect
(d) Wider concept
Answer:
(d) Wider concept

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 3.
Which among the following is a characteristic of underdevelopment?
(a) Vicious circle of poverty
(b) Rising mass consumption
(c) Growth of Industries
(d) High rate of urbanization
Answer:
(a) Vicious circle of poverty

Question 4.
The non – economic determinant of economic development ………………………..
(a) Natural resources
(b) Human resource
(c) Capital formation
(d) Foreign trade
Answer:
(b) Human resource

Question 5.
Economic growth measures the ………………………..
(a) Growth of productivity
(b) Increase in nominal income
(c) Increase in output
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Increase in output

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 6.
The supply side vicious circle of poverty suggests that poor nations remain poor because
(a) Saving remains low
(b) Investment remains low
(c) There is a lack of effective government
(d) a and b above
Answer:
(d) a and b above

Question 7.
Which of the following plan has focused on the agriculture and rural economy?
(a) People’s Plan
(b) Bombay Plan
(c) Gandhian Plan
(d) Vishveshwarya Plan
Answer:
(c) Gandhian Plan

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 8.
Arrange following plans in correct chronological order ………………………..
(a) People’s Plan
(b) Bombay Plan
(c) Jawaharlal Nehru Plan
(d) Vishveshwarya Plan
Answer choices
(a) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
(b) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)
(c) (i) (ii) (iv) (iii)
(d) (ii) (i) (iv) (iii)
Answer:
(b) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)

Question 9.
M.N. Roy was associated with ………………………..
(a) Congress Plan
(b) People’s Plan
(c) Bombay Plan
(d) None of the above
(b) People’s Plan

Question 10.
Which of the following country adopts indicative planning?
(a) France
(b) Germany
(c) Italy
(d) Russia
Answer:
(b) Germany

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 11.
Short – term plan is also known as ………………………..
(a) Controlling Plans
(b) De – controlling Plans
(c) Rolling Plans
(d) De – rolling Plans
Answer:
(a) Controlling Plans

Question 12.
Long – term plan is also known as ………………………..
(a) Progressive Plans
(b) Non – progressive Plans
(c) Perspective Plans
(d) Non – perspective Plans
Answer:
(c) Perspective Plans

Question 13.
The basic philosophy behind long – term planning is to bring ……………………….. changes in the economy?
(a) Financial
(b) Agricultural
(c) Industrial
(d) Structural
Answer:
(c) Industrial

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 14.
Sarvodaya Plan was advocated by ………………………..
(a) Mahatma Gandhi
(b) J.P. Narayan
(c) S. N Agarwal
(d) Structural
Answer:
(b) J.P. Narayan

Question 15.
Planning Commission was set up in the year ………………………..
(a) 1950
(b) 1951
(c) 1947
(d) 1948
Answer:
(a) 1950

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 16.
Who wrote the book ‘The Road to Serfdom’?
(a) Friedrich Hayek
(b) H.R. Hicks
(c) David Ricardo
(d) Thomas Robert Malthus
Answer:
(a) Friedrich Hayek

Question 17.
Perspective plan is also known as ………………………..
(a) Short – term plan
(b) Medium – term plan
(c) Long – term plan
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Long – term plan

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 18.
NITI Aayog is formed through ………………………..
(a) Presidential Ordinance
(b) Allocation of business rules by President of India
(c) Cabinet resolution
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Cabinet resolution

Question 19.
Expansion of NITI Aayog?
(a) National Institute to Transform India
(b) National Institute for Transforming India
(c) National Institution to Transform India
(d) National Institution for Transforming India
Answer:
(d) National Institution for Transforming India

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 20.
The Chair Person of NITI Aayog is ………………………..
(a) Prime Minister
(b) President
(c) Vice – President
(d) Finance Minister
Answer:
(a) Prime Minister

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 21.
Define economic development?
Answer:

  1. Economic development refers to the problems of underdeveloped countries and economic growth to those of developed countries.
  2. Economic development deals with the problems of UDCs. Change is discontinuous and spontaneous.
  3. Economic development is not determined by any single factor. Economic development depends on Economic, Social, Political and Religious factors.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 22.
Mention the indicators of development?
Answer:

  1. Economic development is regarded as a process whereby there is an increase in the consumption of goods and services by individuals.
  2. From the welfare perspective, economic development is defined as a sustained improvement in health, literacy and standard of living.

Question 23.
Distinguish between economic growth and development?
Answer:
Economic Growth:

  1. Deals with the problems of Developed countries
  2. Change is gradual and steady
  3. Means more output
  4. Concerns Quantitative aspects i.e. increase in per capita income
  5. Narrow

Economic Development:

  1. Deals with the problems of UDCs
  2. Change is discontinuous and spontaneous
  3. Means not only more output but also its composition
  4. Quantitative as well as Qualitative
  5. Wider concept Development = Growth + Change

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Question 24.
What is GNP?
Answer:
Gross National Product (GNP):

  1. GNP is the total market value of all final goods and services produced within a nation in a particular year, plus income earned by its citizens (including income of those located abroad), minus income of non – residents located in that country.
  2. GNP is one measure of the economic condition of a country, under the assumption that a higher GNP leads to a higher quality of living, all other things being equal.

Question 25.
Define economic planning?
Answer:

  1. Economic Planning is “collective control or suppression of private activities of production and exchange”. – Robbins
  2. “Economic Planning in the widest sense is the deliberate direction by persons in – charge of large resources of economic activity towards chosen ends”. – Dalton

Question 26.
What are the social indicators of economic development?
Answer:
Social Indicators:

  1. Social indicators are normally referred to as basic and collective needs of the people.
  2. The direct provision of basic needs such as health, education, food, water, sanitation and housing facilities check social backwardness.

Question 27.
Write a short note on NITI Aayog?
Answer:

  1. NITI Aayog (National Institution for Transforming India) was formed on January 1, 2015 through a Union Cabinet resolution.
  2. NITI Aayog is a policy think-tank of the Government of India. It replaced the Planning Commission from 13th August, 2014.
  3. The Prime Minister is the Chairperson of NITI Aayog and Union Ministers will be Ex – officio members.
  4. The Vice – Chairman of the NITI Aayog is the functional head and the first Vice – Chairman was Arvind Panangariya.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 28.
Elucidate major causes of vicious circle of poverty with diagram?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

  • There are circular relationships known as the ‘vicious circles of poverty’ that tend to perpetuate the low level of development in Less Developed Countries (LDCs).
  • Nurkse explains the idea in these words: “It implies a circular constellation of forces tending to act and react upon one another in such a way as to keep a poor country in a state of poverty.
  • For example, a poor man may not have enough to eat; being underfed, his health may be weak; being physically weak, his working capacity is low, which means that he is poor, which in turn means that he will not have enough to eat and so on.
  • A situation of this sort relating to a country as a whole can be summed up in the proposition: “A county is poor because the country is poor”.
  • The vicious circle of poverty operates both on the demand side and the supply side.
  • On the supply side, the low level of real income means low savings.
  • The low level of saving leads to low investment and to deficiency of capital.
  • The deficiency of capital, in turn, leads to low levels of productivity and back to low income. Thus the vicious circle is complete from the supply side.
  • The demand-side of the vicious circle is that the low level of real income leads to a low level of demand which, in turn, leads to a low rate of investment and hence back to deficiency of capital, low productivity and low income.

Question 29.
What are the non – economic factors determining development?
Answer:

  1. Human Resource
  2. Technical Know – how
  3. Political Freedom
  4. Social Organization
  5. Corruption free administration
  6. Desire for Development
  7. Moral, ethical and social values (viii) Casino Capitalism
  8. Patrimonial Capitalism

Non – Economic Factors:
‘Economic Development has much to do with human endowments, social attitudes, political conditions and historical accidents. Capital is a necessary but not a sufficient condition of progress.’

(I) Human Resources:

  1. Human resource is named as human capital because of its power to increase productivity and thereby national income.
  2. There is a circular relationship between human development and economic growth.
  3. A healthy, educated and skilled labour force is the most important productive asset.
  4. Human capital formation is the process of increasing knowledge, skills and the productive capacity of people.

(II) Technical Know – how:
As the scientific and technological knowledge advances, more and more sophisticated techniques steadily raise the productivity levels in all sectors.

(III) Political Freedom:
The process of development is linked with the political freedom.

(IV) Social Organization:
People show interest in the development activity only when they feel that the fruits of development will be fairly distributed.

(V) Corruption free administration:

  1. Corruption is a negative factor in the growth process.
  2. Unless the countries root-out corruption in their administrative system, the crony capitalists and traders will continue to exploit national resources.

(VI) Desire for development:
The pace of economic growth in any country depends to a great extent on people’s desire for development.

(VII) Moral, ethical and social values:

  1. These determine the efficiency of the market, according to Douglas C. North.
  2. If people are not honest, market cannot function.

(VIII) Casino Capitalism:
If People spend larger propotion of their income and time on entertainment liquor and other illegal activities, productive activities may suffer, according to Thomas Piketty.

(IX) Patrimonial Capitalism:
If the assets are simply passed on to children from their parents, the children would not work hard, because the children do not know the value of the assets.

Question 30.
How would you break the vicious circle of poverty?
Answer:
Breaking the Vicious Circle of Poverty:

  • The vicious circle of poverty is associated with low rate of saving and investment on the supply side.
  • In UDCs the rate of investment and capital formation can be stepped up without reduction in consumption. For this, the marginal rate of savings is to be greater than average rate of savings.
  • To break the vicious circle on the demand side, Nurkse suggested the strategy of balanced growth.
  • If investment is made in several industries simultaneously the workers employed in various industries will become consumers of each other’s products and will create demand for one another.
  • The balanced growth i.e. simultaneous investment in large number of industries creates mutual demand. Thus, through the strategy of balanced growth, vicious circle of poverty operating on the demand side of capital formation can be broken.

Question 31.
Trace the evolution of economic planning in India?
Answer:
The evolution of planning in India is stated below:

(I) Sir M. Vishveshwarya (1934):
A prominent engineer and politician made his first attempt in laying foundation for economic planning in India in 1934 through his book, “Planned Economy of India”. It was a 10 year plan.

(II) Jawaharlal Nehru (1938):
Set – up “National Planning Commission” by a committee but due to the changes in the political era and second World War, it did not materialize.

(III) Bombay Plan (1940):
The 8 leading industrialists of Bombay presented “Bombay Plan”. It was a 15 Year Investment Plan.

(IV) S.N Agarwal (1944):
Gave the “Gandhian Plan” focusing on the agricultural and rural economy.

(V) M.N. Roy (1945):
Drafted ‘People’s Plan”. It was aiming at mechanization of agricultural production and distribution by the state only.

(VI) J.P. Narayan (1950):
Advocated, “Sarvodaya Plan” which was inspired by Gandhian Plan and with the idea of Vinoba Bhave. It gave importance not only for agriculture, but encouraged small and cottage industries in the plan.

Question 32.
Describe the case for planning?
Answer:
The economic planning is justified on the following grounds.
(I) To accelerate and strengthen market mechanism:
The market mechanism works imperfectly in underdeveloped countries because of the ignorance and unfamiliarity with it. A large part of the economy comprises the non-monetized sector.

(II) To remove unemployment:
Capital being scarce and labour being abundant, the problem of providing gainful employment opportunities to an ever-increasing labour force is a difficult task.

(III) To achieve balanced development:
In the absence of sufficient enterprise and initiative, the planning authority is the only institution for planning the balanced development of the economy.

(a) Development of Agriculture and Industrial Sectors:
The need for developing the agriculture sector along with the industrial sector arises from the fact that agriculture and industry are interdependent.

(b) Development of Infrastructure:
The agriculture and industrial sectors cannot develop in the absence of economic and social overheads. The building of canals, roads, railways, power stations, etc., is indispensable for agricultural and industrial development.

(c) Development of Money and Capital Markets:
The expansion of the domestic and foreign trade requires not only the development of agricultural and industrial sectors along with social and economic overheads but also the existence of financial institutions.

(IV) To remove poverty and inequalities:
Planning is the only path open to underdeveloped countries, for raising national and per capita income, reducing inequalities and poverty and increasing employment opportunities.

Question 33.
Distinguish between functional and structural planning?
Answer:
Functional planning:
Functional planning refers to that planning which seeks to remove economic difficulties by directing all the planning activities within the existing economic and social structure.

Structural planning:
The structural planning refers to a good deal of changes in the socio-economic framework of the country. This type of planning is adopted mostly in under developed countries.

Question 34.
What are the functions of NITI Aayog?
Answer:
Functions of NITI Aayog:
(I) Cooperative and Competitive Federalism:
To enable the States to have active participation in the formulation of national policy.

(II) Shared National Agenda:
To evolve a shared vision of national development priorities and strategies with the active involvement of States.

(III) Decentralized Planning:
To restructure the planning process into a bottom-up model.

(IV) Vision and Scenario Planning:
To design medium and long – term strategic frameworks towards India’s future.

(V) Network of Expertise:
To mainstream external ideas and expertise into government policies and programmes through a collective participation.

(VI) Harmonization:
To facilitate harmonization of actions across different layers of government, especially when involving cross-cutting and overlapping issues across multiple sectors; through communication, coordination,
collaboration and convergence amongst all the stakeholders.

(VII) Conflict Resolution:
To provide platform for mutual consensus to inter – sectoral, interdepartmental, inter – state as well as centre-state issues for all speedy execution of the government programmes.

(VIII) Coordinating Interface with the World:
It will act nodal point to harness global expertise and resources coming from International organizations for India’s developmental process.

(IX) Internal Consultancy:
It provides internal consultancy to Central and State governments on policy and programmes.

(X) Capacity Building:
It enables to provide capacity building and technology up – gradation across government, benchmarking with latest global trends and providing managerial and technical know-how.

(XI) Monitoring and Evaluation:
It will monitor the implementation of policies and progammes and evaluate the impacts.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In About A Page.

Question 35.
Discuss the economic determinants of economic development?
Answer:
Determinants of Economic Development:
Economic development is not determined by any,single factor. Economic development depends on Economic, Social, Political and Religious factors.
Economic and Non – Economic Factors:

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

Economic Factors:

1. Natural Resource:
The principal factor affecting the development of an economy is the availability of natural resources. The existence of natural resources in abundance is essential for development.

2. Capital Formation:
Capital formation is the main key to economic growth. Capital formation refers to the net addition to the existing stock of capital goods which are either tangible like plants and machinery or intangible like health, education and research.

3. Size of the Market:
Large size of the market would stimulate production, increase employment and raise the National per capita income. That is why developed countries expand their market to other countries through WTO.

4. Structural Change:
Structural change refers to change in the occupational structure of the economy. Any economy of the country is generally divided into three basic sectors: Primary sector such as agricultural, animal husbandry, forestry, etc; Secondary sector such as industrial production, constructions and Tertiary sector such as trade, banking and commerce.

5. Financial System:
Financial system implies the existence of an efficient and organized banking system in the country.

6. Marketable Surplus:
Marketable surplus refers to the total amount of farm output cultivated by farmers over and above their family consumption needs. This is a surplus that can be sold in the market for earning income.

7. Foreign Trade:
The country which enjoys favorable balance of trade and terms of trade is always developed. It has huge forex reserves and stable exchange rate.

8. Economic System:
The countries which adopt free market mechanism (laissez faire) enjoy better growth rate compared to controlled economies.

Non – Economic Factors:
‘Economic Development has much to do with human endowments, social attitudes, political conditions and historical accidents. Capital is a necessary but not a sufficient condition of progress.’

1. Human Resources:
Human resource is named as human capital because of its power to increase productivity and thereby national income. There is a circular relationship between human development and economic growth. A healthy, educated and skilled labour force is the most important productive asset. Human capital formation is the process of increasing knowledge, skills and the productive capacity of people.

2. Technical Know-how:
As the scientific and technological knowledge advances, more and more sophisticated techniques steadily raise the productivity levels in all sectors.

3. Political Freedom:
The process of development is linked with the political freedom.

4. Social Organization:
People show interest in the development activity only when they feel that the fruits of development will be fairly distributed.

5. Corruption free administration:
Corruption is a negative factor in the growth process. Unless the countries root-out corruption in their administrative system, the crony capitalists and traders will continue to exploit national resources.

6. Desire for development:
The pace of economic growth in any country depends to a great extent on people’s desire for development.

7. Moral, ethical and social values:
These determine the efficiency of the market, according to Douglas C. North. If people are not honest, market cannot function.

8. Casino Capitalism:
If People spend larger propotion of their income and time on entertainment liquor and other illegal activities, productive activities may suffer, according to Thomas Piketty.

9. Patrimonial Capitalism:
If the assets are simply passed on to children from their parents, the children would not work hard, because the children do not know the value of the assets.

Question 36.
Describe different types of Planning?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

(I) Democratic Vs Totalitarian:
A form of rule in which the government attempts to maintain ‘total’ control over society, including all aspects of the public and private lives of its citizens.

(II) Centralized Vs Decentralized:

  1. Under centralized planning, the entire planning process in a country is under a central planning authority.
  2. This authority formulates a central plan, fixes objectives, targets and priorities for every sector of the economy.
  3. In other words, it is called ‘planning from above’.

(III) Planning by Direction Vs Inducement:
Under planning by direction, there is a central authority which plans, directs and orders the execution of the plan in accordance with pre-determined targets and priorities.

(IV) Indicative Vs Imperative Planning:

  1. Indicative planning is peculiar to the mixed economies. It has been in practice in France since the Monnet Plan of 1947-50.
  2. In a mixed economy, the private sector and the public sector work together.
  3. Under this plan, the outline of plan is prepared by the Government.
  4. Then it is discussed with the representatives of private management, trade unions, consumer groups, finance institutions and other experts.

(V) Short, Medium and Long term Planning:

  1. Short-term plans are also known as ‘controlling plans’.
  2. They encompass the period of one year, therefore, they are also known as ‘annual plans’

(VI) Financial Vs Physical Planning:
Financial planning refers to the technique of planning in which resources are allocated in terms of money while physical planning pertains to the allocation of resources in terms of men, materials and machinery.

(VII) Functional Vs Structural Planning:
Functional planning refers to that planning which seeks to remove economic difficulties by directing all the planning activities within the existing economic and social structure.

(VIII) Comprehensive Vs Partial Planning:
General planning which concerns itself with the major issues for the whole economy is known as comprehensive planning whereas partial planning is to consider only the few important sectors of the economy.

Question 37.
Bring out the arguments against planning?
Answer:
The arguments against planning are discussed below.
(I) Loss of freedom:

  1. The absence of freedom in decision making may act as an obstacle for economic growth.
  2. Regulations and restrictions are the backbone of a planned economy.
  3. The economic freedom comprises freedom of consumption, freedom of choice of occupation, freedom to produce and the freedom to fix prices for the products.
  4. Under planning, the crucial decisions are made by the Central Planning Authority.

(II) Elimination of Initiative:
Under centralized planning, there will be no incentive for initiatives and innovations.

(a) The absence of private ownership and profit motive discourages entrepreneurs from taking bold decisions and risk taking. Attractive profit is the incentive for searching new ideas, new lines and new, methods.

(b) As all enjoy equal reward under planned economy irrespective of their effort, efficiency and productivity.

(c) The bureaucracy and red tapism which are the features of planned economy, cripple the initiative as they cause procedural delay and time loss.

(III) High cost of Management:

  1. No doubt the fruits of planning such as industrialization, social justice and regional balance are good.
  2. But the cost of management of the economic affairs outweighs the benefits of planning.
  3. Plan formulation and implementation involve engagement of an army of staff for data collection and administration.

(IV) Difficulty in advance calculations:

  1. Price mechanism provides for the automatic adjustment among price, demand and supply in a Laissez Faire economy.
  2. The producers and consumers adjust their supply and demand based on price changes.
  3. The arguments against planning are mostly concerned with centralized and totalitarian planning.
  4. The democratic planning, planning by inducement and decentralized planning especially under mixed economies give equal role for private sector and public sector.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Economics of Development and Planning Additional Questions and Answers

Part – A
I. Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
………………………. defines development strictly in Economic terms.
(a) Traditional approach
(b) New welfare oriented approach
(c) Development approach
(d) Under development approach
Answer:
(a) Traditional approach

Question 2.
New welfare oriented approach is called ……………………….
(a) Economic growth
(b) Economic Development
(c) Redistribution with growth
(d) New Welfare Development
Answer:
(c) Redistribution with growth

Question 3.
Under development refers to that state of an economy is very low levels of Per Capita Income and ……………………….
(a) Low level of productivity
(b) Low level of people
(c) Low level of distribution
(d) Low level of unemployment
Answer:
(a) Low level of productivity

Question 4.
………………………. leads to a higher quality of living all other thing being equal.
(a) GNP
(b) NNP
(c) GDP
(d) NDP
Answer:
(a) GNP

Question 5.
GNP relates to increase in the ………………………. of the Economy.
(a) Per Capita Real Income
(b) Per Capita Finance
(c) Per Capita Economy
(d) Per Capita Natural Resource
Answer:
(a) Per Capita Real Income

Question 6.
………………………. is defined as a sustained improvement in health, literacy and standard of living.
(a) Economic level
(b) Economic welfare
(c) Economic development
(d) Economic goods
Answer:
(c) Economic development

Question 7.
………………………. is called basic needs such as health, education, food, water, sanitation and housing facilities and social backwardness.
(a) Economic Indicators
(b) Social Indicators
(c) Welfare Indicators
(d) State Indicators
Answer:
(b) Social Indicators

Question 8.
Economic development depends on Economic, Soical, Political and ………………………. factors.
(a) Real
(b) Religion
(c) Religious
(d) Welfare
Answer:
(c) Religious

Question 9.
Low level of Development is called ……………………….
(a) Developed countries
(b) Less developed countries
(c) Developed nation
(d) Under developed nation
Answer:
(b) Less developed countries

Question 10.
Price mechanism provides for the automatic adjustment among price, demand and supply in a ………………………. Economy.
(a) Laissez Faire
(b) Developed
(c) Under developed
(d) Planned
Answer:
(a) Laissez Faire

Question 11.
Centralised planning the entire planning process in a country is under a ………………………. authority.
(a) Imperative planning
(b) Planning by direction
(c) Central planning
(d) Long term planning
Answer:
(c) Central planning

Question 12.
………………………. planning by Inducement the people are induced to act in a certain way through various monetary and fiscal measures.
(a) Centralized planning
(b) Planning by direction
(c) Imperative planning
(d) Short term planning
Answer:
(b) Planning by direction

Question 13.
Short term plans are also known as ……………………….
(a) Long term plans
(b) Planning by direction
(c) Centralised planning
(d) Controlling plans
Answer:
(d) Controlling plans

Question 14.
………………………. planning is peculiar to the mixed economies.
(a) Centralised planning
(b) Indicative planning
(c) Planing by direction
(d) Imperative short term planning
Answer:
(b) Indicative planning

Question 15.
………………………. the state is all powerful in preparation and implementation of the plan.
(a) Centralized planning
(b) Planning by direction
(c) Indicative planning
(d) Imperative planning
Answer:
(d) Imperative planning

Question 16.
………………………. planning refers to the technique of planning in which resources are allocated in terms of money.
(a) Financial
(b) Physical
(c) Structural
(d) Functional
Answer:
(a) Financial

Question 17.
………………………. planning pertains to the allocation of resources in terms of men, materials and machinery.
(a) Financial
(b) Physical
(c) Functional
(d) Structural
Answer:
(b) Physical

Question 18.
………………………. planning refers to a good deal of changes in the socio economic framework of the country.
(a) Financial
(b) Physical
(c) Functional
(d) Structural
Answer:
(d) Structural

Question 19.
General planning concerns itself with the major issues for the whole economy is known as ………………………. planning.
(a) comprehensive
(b) Partial
(c) Functional
(d) Structural
Answer:
(a) comprehensive

Question 20.
NITI Aayog was formed on through a ……………………….
(a) Financial resolution
(b) Functional resolution
(c) Comprehensive resolution
(d) Union cabinet
Answer:
(d) Union cabinet

Question 21.
……………………… is a policy think tank of the Government of India.
(a) Comprehensive planning
(b) Partial planning
(c) NITI Aayog
(d) Functional planning
Answer:
(c) NITI Aayog

Question 22.
……………………… to central and state governments on policy and programmes.
(a) Internal consultancy
(b) Interface consultancy
(c) Conflict consultancy
(d) Monitoring consultancy
Answer:
(a) Internal consultancy

Question 23.
A shared vision of national development priorities and strategies with the active involvement of states is called ………………………
(a) Competitive federalism
(b) Shared national agenda
(c) Scenario planning
(d) Network of expertise
Answer:
(b) Shared national agenda

Question 24.
To restructure the planning process into a bottom – up model is called ………………………
(a) Decentralized planning
(b) Scenario planning
(c) Partial planning
(d) Comprehensive planning
Answer:
(a) Decentralized planning

Question 25.
To enable the states to have active participation in the formulation of national policy is called co – operative and ………………………
(a) Competitive federalism
(b) Comprehensive federalism
(c) Partial federalism
(d) Comprehensive federalism
Answer:
(a) Competitive federalism

II. Match The Following And Choose The Correct Answer By Using Codes Given Below.

Question 1.
A. UDC – (i) Economic terms
B. Traditional approach – (ii) Low Per Capita Income
C. Economic Development – (iii) Higher level of living
D. GNP – (iv) Economic growth
Codes:
(a) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)
(b) A (i) B (ii) C (i) D (ii)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(a) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)

Question 2.
A. Capital formation – (i) Organised banking system
B. Size of the market – (ii) Economic growth
C. Occupational structure – (iii) Increase employment
D. Financial system – (iv) Structural change
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
(c) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
(d) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
Codes:
Answer:
(d) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)

Question 3.
A. Human resource – (i) Technical knowledge
B. Technical know-how – (ii) Crony capitalism
C. Political freedom – (iii) Increase productivity
D. Social organization – (iv) Development linked
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)
(c) A (iv) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
Answer:
(b) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)

Question 4.
A. Casino capitalism – (i) 1948
B. First five year plan – (ii) 1950
C. Industrial policy – (iii) 1951 – 1956
D. Plan era – (iv) Illegal activities
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (iv) C (iii) D (i)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)
Answer:
(d) A (iv) B (iii) C (i) D (ii)

Question 5.
A. Patrimonial capitalism – (i) Collective control
B. Vicious circle of poverty – (ii) LDC
C. Economic planning – (iii) Solved union econokic planning
D. Industrial super power – (iv) Children would not work hard
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
(b) A (ii) B (iv) C (iii) D (i)
(c) A (iv) B (ii) C (i) D (iii)
(d) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)
Answer:
(d) A (iii) B (i) C (iv) D (ii)

III. State Whether The Statements Are True or False.

Question 1.
(i) There are two main approaches to the concept of development viz
(1) The traditional approach
(2) The new welfare oriented approach.
(ii) The traditional approach defines development strictly in economic terms.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 2.
(i) Economic development was redefined in terms of reduction of poverty, inequality and unemployment with in the context of a growing economy.
(ii) New welfare oriented approach is “Redistribution with growth”.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 3.
(i) GNP is the total market value of all final goods and services.
(ii) GNP leads low level of living.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(c) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 4.
(i) Social Indicators are basic and collective needs of the people.
(ii) The basic needs are agriculture and Industry.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(c) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 5.
(i) Capital formation is the main key to economic growth.
(ii) Capital formation helps to increase the population.

(a) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) (i) is true but (ii) is false

IV. Which of The Following Is Correctly Matched.

Question 1.
(a) Sir M. Vishveshwarya – 1940
(b) Jawaharlal Nehru – 1934
(c) Bombay plan – 1938
(d) S.N. Agarwal – 1944
Answer:
(d) S.N. Agarwal – 1944

Question 2.
(a) Planned Economy of India – S.N. Agarwal
(b) National planning commission – Jawaharlal Nehru
(c) Bombay plan – Sir M. Vishveshwarya
(d) Gandhianplan – Investment plan
Answer:
(c) Bombay plan – Sir M. Vishveshwarya

Question 3.
(a) NITI Aayog – Union cabinet resolution
(b) Financial planning – Controlling plans
(c) Short term plans – Technique planning
(d) Indicative planning – Capitalist economy
Answer:
(a) NITI Aayog – Union cabinet resolution

Question 4.
(a) UDC – Vicious circle of poverty
(b) Rural economy – Peoples plan
(c) Redistribution with growth – Industrial approach
(d) Controlling plans – Polling plans
Answer:
(a) UDC – Vicious circle of poverty

Question 5.
(a) H.R. Hicks – The road to serfdom
(b) Sarvodaya plan – M.N. Roy
(c) Perspective plan – Long term plan
(d) Modernisation – Industrialization
Answer:
(c) Perspective plan – Long term plan

V. Which of The Following Is Not Correctly Matched.

Question 1.
(a) Structural changes – Modernization
(b) Functional planning – Remove Economic difficulties
(c) Capitalist economy – Partial planning
(d) People’s plan – N.S.C. Bose
Answer:
(d) People’s plan – N.S.C. Bose

Question 2.
(a) Market economy – Capitalist economy
(b) Industry – Socialist economy
(c) J.P. Narayan – Bombay plan
(d) S.N. Agarwal – Gandhian plan
Answer:
(c) J.P. Narayan – Bombay plan

Question 3.
(a) 1934 – Jawaharlal Nehru
(b) 1950 – J.P. Narayan
(c) 1945 – M.N. Roy
(d) 1944 – S.N. Agarwal
Answer:
(a) 1934 – Jawaharlal Nehru

Question 4.
(a) Centralized planning – Planning from above
(b) Indicative planning – Mixed economies
(c) Imperative planning – China and Russia
(d) Totalitarian planning – Inducement planning
Answer:
(d) Totalitarian planning – Inducement planning

Question 5.
(a) Financial planning – Technique of planning
(b) NITI Aayog – Union cabinet resolution
(c) Seven pillars of effective governance – NITT
(d) Physical planning – Techniques of planning
Answer:
(c) Seven pillars of effective governance – NITT

VI. Pick The Odd One Out.

Question 1.
Economic development
(a) State of development
(b) Nature and level of change
(c) Scope of change
(d) Growth change
Answer:
(d) Growth change

Question 2.
Economic factors
(a) Natural resource
(b) Capital formation
(c) Size of the market
(d) Social change
Answer:
(d) Social change

Question 3.
Non – Economic factors
(a) Human resource
(b) Technical know-how
(c) Foreign trade
(d) Political freedom
Answer:
(c) Foreign trade

Question 4.
UDC characteristics are
(a) Low Per Capita Income
(b) Widespread poverty
(c) Low population
(d) Low rate of capital formation
Answer:
(c) Low population

Question 5.
The economic planning is justified on the following grounds.
(a) To accelerate and strengthen market mechanism
(b) To remove unemployment
(c) To remove agriculture
(d) To achieve balanced development
Answer:
(c) To remove agriculture

VII. Assertion And Reason.

Question 1.
Assertion (A): The traditional approach defines development strictly in economic terms.
Reason (R): The increase in GNP is accompanied by decline in share of agriculture in output and employment.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 2.
Assertion (A): Economic development depends on economic, social, political and religious factors.
Reason (R): Economic development is determined by single factor.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 3.
Assertion (A): Social Indicators are normally referred to as basic and collective needs of the people.
Reason (R): The basic needs such as health, education, food, water, sanitation and housing facilities check social backwardness.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 4.
Assertion (A): Capital is a neccessary but a sufficient condition of progress.
Reason (R): Economic development has much to do with human endowments, social attitudes, political conditions and historical accidents.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true

Question 5.
Assertion (A): The countries which adopt free market mechanism [Laissez faire] enjoy better growth rate compared to controlled economies.
Reason (R): It may be true for some countries but not every country.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 1.
Define “Traditional Approach”?
Answer:
Traditional Approach:

  1. The traditional approach defines development strictly in economic terms.
  2. The increase in GNP is accompanied by decline in share of agriculture in output and employment while those of manufacturing and service sectors increase.

Question 2.
What is the meaning of New Welfare oriented Approach?
Answer:
New Welfare oriented Approach:

  1. During 1970s, economic development was redefined in terms of reduction of poverty, ‘inequality’ and unemployment within the context of a growing economy.
  2. In this phase, ‘Redistribution with Growth’ became the popular slogan.

Question 3.
Write “UDC” characteristics?
Answer:
The UDCs are characterized by predominance of primary sector i.e. agriculture, low per capita income, widespread poverty, wide inequality in distribution of income and wealth, over population, low rate of capital formation, high rate of unemployment, technological backwardness, dualism etc.

Question 4.
What is the meaning of underdevelopment?
Answer:
Meaning of Underdevelopment:
The term underdevelopment refers to that state of an economy where levels of living of masses are extremely low due to very low levels of Percapita income, resulting from low levels of productivity and high growth rate of population.

Question 5.
Define “Financial system.”?
Answer:
Financial System:

  1. Financial system implies the existence of an efficient and organized banking system in the country.
  2. There should be an organized money market to facilitate easy availability of capital.

Question 6.
Define “FOREX”?
Answer:
Foreign Trade:

  1. The country which enjoys favorable balance of trade and terms of trade is always developed.
  2. It has huge forex reserves and stable exchange rate.

Question 7.
Write casino capitalism?
Answer:
Casino Capitalism:
If People spend larger propotion of their income and time on entertainment liquor and other illegal activities, productive activities may suffer, according to Thomas Piketty.

Question 8.
Define “Planning”?
Answer:

  1. Planning is a technique, a means to an end being the realization of certain pre-determined and well-defined aims and objectives laid down by a central planning authority.
  2. The end may be to achieve economic, social, political or military objectives.

Question 9.
Define “Sarvodaya plan”?
Answer:
“Sarvodaya Plan” which was inspired by Gandhian Plan and with the idea of Vinoba Bhave.
It gave importance not only for agriculture, but encouraged small and cottage industries in the plan.

Question 10.
Write Gandhian plan and Bombay plan?
Answer:

  1. S.N Agarwal (1944) gave the “Gandhian Plan” focusing on the agricultural and rural economy.
  2. Bombay Plan (1940): The 8 leading industrialists of Bombay presented “Bombay Plan”. It was a 15 Year Investment Plan.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 1.
Briefly explain Measurement of Economic Development?
Answer:
Measurement of Economic Development:
Economic development is measured on the basis of four criteria

(I) Gross National Product (GNP):
1. GNP is the total market value of all final goods and services produced within a nation in a particular year, plus income earned by its citizens (including income of those located abroad), minus income of non-residents located in that country.

2. GNP is one measure of the economic condition of a country, under the assumption that a higher GNP leads to a higher quality of living, all other things being equal.

(II) GNP per capita:

  1. This relates to increase in the per capita real income of the economy over the long period.
  2. This indicator of economic growth emphasizes that for economic development the rate of increase in real per capita income should be higher than the growth rate of population.

(III) Welfare:

  1. Economic development is regarded as a process whereby there is an increase in the consumption of goods and services by individuals.
  2. From the welfare perspective, economic development is defined as a sustained improvement in health, literacy and standard of living.

(IV) Social Indicators:

  1. Social indicators are normally referred to as basic and collective needs of the people.
  2. The direct provision of basic needs such as health, education, food, water, sanitation and housing facilities check social backwardness.

Question 2.
Explain Economic growth changes?
Answer:
(I) State of Development:
Generally speaking, economic development refers to the problems of underdeveloped countries and economic growth to those of developed countries.

(II) Nature and Level of Change:
Development is a discontinuous and spontaneous change while growth is a gradual and steady change in the long run.

(III) Scope of Change:

  1. Growth simply means more output.
  2. But development refers to efficiency in production i.e. output per unit of input.
  3. It also implies changes in composition of output and in allocation of resources, reduction of poverty, inequality and unemployment.

(IV) Extent of change:
Economic development (wider concept than economic growth) is taken to mean growth plus structural change.

Question 3.
Explain economic factors capital formation?
Answer:
Capital Formation:

  1. Capital formation is the main key to economic growth.
  2. Capital formation refers to the net addition to the existing stock of capital goods which are either tangible like plants and machinery or intangible like health, education and research.
  3. Capital formation helps to increase productivity of labour and thereby production and income.
  4. It facilitates adoption of advanced techniques of production.
  5. It leads to better utilization of natural resources, industrialization and expansion of markets which are essential for economic progress.

Question 4.
What is Crony capitalism?
Answer:
Social Organization:

  1. People show interest in the development activity only when they feel that the fruits of development will be fairly distributed.
  2. Mass participation in development programs is a pre-condition for accelerating the development process.
  3. Whenever the defective social organization allows some groups to appropriate the benefits of growth.
  4. Majority of the poor people do not participate in the process of development.
  5. This is called crony capitalism.

Question 5.
Write Development of Infrastructure?
Answer:
Development of Infrastructure:

  1. The agriculture and industrial sectors cannot develop in the absence of economic and social overheads.
  2. The building of canals, roads, railways, power stations, etc., is indispensable for agricultural and industrial development.
  3. Infrastructure involves huge capital investment long gestation period and low rate of return.
  4. The state alone can provide strong infrastructural bases through planning.

Question 6.
Explain Price mechanism?
Answer:

  1. Price mechanism provides for the automatic adjustment among price, demand and supply in a Laissez Faire economy.
  2. The producers and consumers adjust their supply and demand based on price changes.
  3. There is no such mechanism in a planned economy.
  4. Advance calculations in a precise manner are impossible to make decisions regarding the consumption and production.
  5. It is also very difficult to put the calculations into practice under planning.
  6. Excess supply and excess demand can also happen in the market oriented economy.
  7. Infact it has happened in many expitalistic economies, including the US.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In About A Page.

Question 1.
Explain the Economic planning in India?
Answer:
Economic Planning in India:

  • Consists of economic decisions, schemes formed to meet certain pre-determined economic objectives and a road map of directions to achieve specific goals within specific period of time.
  • The idea of economic planning was strengthened during the Great Depression in 1930s.
  • The outbreak of the World War II also required adequate and suitable planning of economic resources for the effective management after the effects of post war economy.
  • After Independence, in 1948, a declaration of industrial policy was announced.
  • The policy suggested the creation of a National Planning Commission and the elaboration of the policy of a mixed economic system.
  • On January 26, 1950, the Constitution came into force.
  • In logical order, the Planning Commission was created on March 15, 1950 and the plan era began on April 1, 1951 with the launch of the first five year plan (1951-56). The evolution of planning in India.

Question 2.
Explain the Human Resource of Economic Development?
Answer:
Human Resources:

  1. Human resource is named as human capital because of its power to increase productivity and thereby national income.
  2. There is a circular relationship between human development and economic growth.
  3. A healthy, educated and skilled labour force is the most important productive asset.
  4. Human capital formation is the process of increasing knowledge, skills and the productive capacity of people.
  5. It includes expenditure on health, education and social services.
  6. If labour is efficient and skilled, its capacity to contribute to growth will be high. For example Japan and China.

Question 3.
Discuss the Economic planning of Democratic planning and Totalitarian planning?
Answer:
Democratic Vs Totalitarian:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning

  1. Democratic planning implies planning within democracy.
  2. People are associated at every step in the formulation and implementation of the plan.
  3. A democratic plan is characterized by the widest possible consultations with the various state governments and private enterprises at the stage of preparation.
  4. The plan prepared by the Planning Commission is not accepted as such.
  5. It can be accepted, rejected or modified by the Parliament of the country.
  6. Under totalitarian planning, there is central control and direction of all economic activities in accordance with a single plan.
  7. Consumption, production, exchange, and distribution are all controlled by the state. In authoritarian planning, the planning authority is the supreme body.
  8. It decides about the targets, schemes, allocations, methods and procedures of implementation of the plan.

Question 4.
Briefly explain Indicative and Imperative planning?
Answer:
Indicative Vs Imperative Planning:

  1. Indicative planning is peculiar to the mixed economies.
  2. It has been in practice in France since the Monnet Plan of 1947-50.
  3. In a mixed economy, the private sector and the public sector work together.
  4. Under this plan, the outline of plan is prepared by the Government.
  5. Then it is discussed with the representatives of private management, trade unions, consumer groups, finance institutions and other experts.
  6. The essential function of planning is coordination of different economic units.
  7. The state provides all types of facilities to the private sector.
  8. The private sector is expected to fulfill the targets and priorities.
  9. The state does not force the private sector but just indicate the areas of operation and targets to be fulfilled.
  10. In short, the planning procedure is soft and flexible.
  11. Under imperative planning, the state is all powerful in preparation and implementation of the plan.
  12. Once a plan is drawn up, its implementation is a matter of enforcement.
  13. The USSR President Stalin used to say, ‘Our plans are our instructions’.
  14. There is complete control over the entire resources by the state.
  15. There is no consumer sovereignty.
  16. The Government policies and procedures are rigid.
  17. China and Russia follow imperative planning.

Share this Tamilnadu State Board 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 11 Economics of Development and Planning Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the grammar issues in exams. Keep visiting this site frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 5 Monetary Economics

Students of 12th can get the pdf links of Tamilnadu State Board Economics Solutions here. You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Book Solutions Chapter 5 Monetary Economics Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 5 Monetary Economics

It is very important to put the textbook aside while preparing for the exams. So, if you follow Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Chapter 5 Monetary Economics Questions and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Monetary Economics Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – A
Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
The RBI Headquarters is located at ………………………
(a) Delhi
(b) Chennai
(c) Mumbai
(d) Bengalore
Answer:
(c) Mumbai

Question 2.
Money is ………………………
(a) Acceptable only when it has intrinsic value
(b) Constant in purchasing power
(c) The most liquid of all assets
(d) Needed for allocation of resources
Answer:
(c) The most liquid of all assets

Question 3.
Paper currency system is managed by the ………………………
(a) Central Monetary authority
(b) State Government
(c) Central Government
(d) Banks
Answer:
(a) Central Monetary authority

Question 4.
The basic distinction between M1 and M2 is with regard to ………………………
(a) Post office deposits
(b) Time deposits of banks
(c) Saving deposits of banks
(d) Currency
Answer:
(b) Time deposits of banks

Question 5.
Irving Fisher’s Quantity Theory of Money was popularized in ………………………
(a) 1908
(b) 1910
(c) 1911
(d) 1914
Answer:
(c) 1911

Question 6.
MV stands for ………………………
(a) Demand for money
(b) Supply of legal tender money
(c) Supply of bank money
(d) Total supply of money
Answer:
(b) Supply of legal tender money

Question 7.
Inflation means ………………………
(a) Prices are rising
(b) Prices are falling
(c) Value of money is increasing
(d) Prices are remaining the same
Answer:
(a) Prices are rising

Question 8.
………………………. inflation results in a serious depreciation of the value of money.
(a) Creeping
(b) Walking
(c) Running
(d) Hyper
Answer:
(d) Hyper

Question 9.
…………………… inflation occurs when general prices of commodities increases due to increase in production costs such as wages and raw materials.
(a) Cost – push
(b) Demand pull
(c) Running
(d) Galloping
Answer:
(a) Cost – push

Question 10.
During inflation, who are the gainers?
(a) Debtors
(b) Creditors
(c) Wage and salary earners
(d) Government
Answer:
(a) Debtors

Question 11.
…………………… is a decrease in the rate of inflation.
(a) Disinflation
(b) Deflation
(c) Stagflation
(d) Depression
Answer:
(a) Disinflation

Question 12.
Stagflation combines the rate of inflation with ……………………
(a) Stagnation
(b) Employment
(c) Output
(d) Price
Answer:
(a) Stagnation

Question 13.
The study of alternating fluctuations in business activity is referred to in Economics as ……………………
(a) Boom
(b) Recession
(c) Recovery
(d) Trade cycle
Answer:
(d) Trade cycle

Question 14.
During depression the level of economic activity becomes extremely ……………………
(a) High
(b) Bad
(c) Low
(d) Good
Answer:
(c) Low

Question 15.
“Money can be anything that is generally acceptable as a means of exchange and that the same time acts as a measure and a store of value”, This definition was given by ……………………
(a) Crowther
(b) A.C.Pigou
(c) F.A.Walker
(d) Francis Bacon
Answer:
(a) Crowther

Question 16.
Debit card is an example of ……………………
(a) Currency
(b) Paper currency
(c) Plastic money
(d) Money
Answer:
(c) Plastic money

Question 17.
Fisher’s Quantity Theory of money is based on the essential function of money as ……………………
(a) Measure of value
(b) Store of value
(c) Medium of exchange
(d) Standard of deferred payment
Answer:
(c) Medium of exchange

Question 18.
V in MV = PT equation stands for ……………………
(a) Volume of trade
(b) Velocity of circulation of money
(c) Volume of transaction
(d) Volume of bank and credit money
Answer:
(b) Velocity of circulation of money

Question 19.
When prices rise slowly, we call it ……………………
(a) Galloping inflation
(b) Mild inflation
(c) Hyper inflation
(d) Deflation
Answer:
(b) Mild inflation

Question 20.
…………………… inflation is in no way dangerous to the economy.
(a) Walking
(b) Running
(c) Creeping
(d) Galloping
Answer:
(c) Creeping

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 21.
Define Money?
Answer:

  1. Many economists developed definition for money. Among these, definitions of Walker and Crowther are given below:
    “Money is, what money does ” – Walker.
  2. “Money can be anything that is generally acceptable as a means of exchange and at the same time acts as a measure and a store of value”. – Crowther
  3. Money is anything that is generally accepted as payment for goods and services and repayment of debts and that serves as a medium of exchange.
  4. A medium of exchange is anything that is widely accepted as a means of payments.

Question 22.
What is barter?
Answer:

  1. Before money was invented, exchange took place by Barter, that is, commodities and services were directly exchanged for other commodities and services.
  2. Such exchange of goods for goods was known as “Barter Exchange” or “Barter System”.

Question 23.
What is commodity money?
Answer:

  1. After the barter system and commodity money system, modem money systems evolved.
  2. Among these, metallic standard is the premier one. ,
  3. Under metallic standard, some kind of metal either gold or silver is used to determine the standard value of the money and currency.
  4. Standard coins made out of the metal are the principal coins used under the metallic standard.
  5. These standard coins are full bodied or full weighted legal tender.
  6. Their face value is equal to their intrinsic metal value.

Question 24.
What is gold standard?
Answer:

  1. Gold Standard is a system in which the value of the monetary unit or the standard currency is directly linked with gold.
  2. The monetary unit is defined in terms of a certain weight of gold.
  3. The purchasing power of a unit of money is maintained equal to the value of a fixed weight of gold.

Question 25.
What is plastic money? Give example?
Answer:

  1. The latest type of money is plastic money.
  2. Plastic money is one of the most evolved forms of financial products.
  3. Plastic money is an alternative to the cash or the standard “money”.
  4. Plastic money is a term that is used predominantly in reference to the hard plastic cards used every day in place of actual bank notes.
  5. Plastic money can come in many different forms such as Cash cards, Credit cards, Debit cards, Pre-paid Cash cards, Store cards, Forex cards and Smart cards.
  6. They aim at removing the need for carrying cash to make transactions.

Question 26.
Define inflation?
Answer:

  1. Inflation is a consistent and appreciable rise in the general price level.
  2. In other words, inflation is the rate at which the general level of prices for goods and services is rising and consequently the purchasing power of currency is falling.
  3. “Too much of Money chasing too few goods” – Coulbourn
  4. “A state of abnormal increase in the quantity of purchasing power” – Gregorye

Question 27.
What is Stagflation?
Answer:
Stagflation is a combination of stagnant economic growth, high unemployment and high inflation.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 28.
Write a note on metallic money?
Answer:

  1. After the barter system and commodity money system, modem money systems evolved.
  2. Among these, metallic standard is the premier one.
  3. Under metallic standard, some kind of metal either gold or silver is used to determine the standard value of the money and currency.
  4. Standard coins made out of the metal are the principal coins used under the metallic standard. Monetary Economics 93
  5. These standard coins are full bodied or Ml weighted legal tender.
  6. Their face value is equal to their intrinsic metal value.

Question 29.
What is money supply?
Answer:

  1. Money supply means the total amount of money in an economy.
  2. It refers to the amount of money which is in circulation in an economy at any given time.
  3. Money supply plays a crucial role in the determination of price level and interest rates.
  4. Money supply viewed at a given point of time is a stock and over a period of time it is a flow.

Question 30.
What are the determinants of money supply?
Answer:
Determinants of Money Supply:

  1. Currency Deposit Ratio (CDR); It is the ratio of money held by the public in currency to that they hold in bank deposits.
  2. Reserve deposit Ratio (RDR); Reserve Money consists of two things (a) vault cash in banks and (b) deposits of commercial banks with RBI.
  3. Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR); It is the fraction of the deposits the banks must keep with RBI. (z’v) Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR); It is the fraction of the total demand and time deposits of the commercial banks is the form of specified liquid assests.

Question 31.
Write the types of inflation?
Answer:
The four types of inflation are –
1. Creeping Inflation:
Creeping inflation is slow-moving and very mild. The rise in prices will not be perceptible but spread over a long period. This type of inflation is in no way dangerous to the economy. This is also known as mild inflation or moderate inflation.

2. Walking Inflation:
When prices rise moderately and the annual inflation rate is a single digit . (3% – 9%), it is called walking or trolling inflation.

3. Running Inflation:
When prices rise rapidly like the running of a horse at a rate of speed of 10% – 20% per annum, it is called running inflation.

4. Galloping inflation:
Galloping inflation or hyper inflation points out to unmanageably high inflation rates that run into two or three digits. By high inflation the percentage of the same is almost 20%
to 100% from an overall perspective.

Other types of inflation (on the basis of inducement):

1. Currency inflation:
The excess supply of money in circulation causes rise in price level.

2. Credit inflation:
When banks are liberal in lending credit, the money supply increases and thereby rising prices. .

3. Deficit induced inflation:
The deficit budget is generally financed through printing of currency by the Central Bank. As a result, prices rise.

4. Profit induced inflation:
When the firms aim at higher profit, they fix the price with higher margin. So prices go up.

5. Scarcity induced inflation:
Scarcity of goods happens either due to fall in production (e.g. farm goods) or due to hoarding and black marketing. This also pushes up the price. (This has happened is Venezula in the year 2018).

6. Tax induced inflation:
Increase in indirect taxes like excise duty, custom duty and sales tax may lead to rise in price (e.g. petrol and diesel). This is also called taxflation.

Question 32.
Explain Demand-pull and Cost push inflation?
Answer:
Demand – Pull Vs Cost – Push inflation:

1. Demand – Pull Inflation:
Demand and supply play a crucial role in deciding the inflation levels in the society at all points of time. For instance, if the demand is high for a product and supply is low, the price of the products increases.

2. Cost – Push Inflation:
When the cost of raw materials and other inputsrises inflation results. Increase in wages paid to labour also leads to inflation.

Question 33.
State Cambridge equations of value of money?
Answer:
Cambridge Approach (Cash Balances Approach):

1. Marshall’s Equation:
The Marshall equation is expressed as:
M = KPY
Where
M is the quantity of money Y is the aggregate real income of the community . P is Purchasing Power of money
K represents the fraction of the real income which the public desires to hold in the form of money.
Thus, the price level P = M/KY or the value of money (The reciprocal of price level) is 1/P = KY/M
The value of money in terms of this equation can be found out by dividing the total quantity of goods which the public desires to holdout of the total income by the total supply of money. According to Marshall’s equation, the value of money is influenced not only by changes in M, but also by changes in K.

2. Keynes’Equation
Keynes equation is expressed as:
n = pk (or) p = n / k
Where
n is the total supply of money p is the general price level of consumption goods
k is the total quantity of consumption units the people decide to keep in the form of cash, Keynes indicates that K is a real balance, because it is measured in terms of consumer goods. According to Keynes, peoples’ desire to hold money is unaltered by monetary authority. So, price level and value of money can be stabilized through regulating quantity of money (n) by the monetary authority.
Later, Keynes extended his equation in the following form:
n = p (k + rk’) or p = n / (k + rk’)
Where,
n = total money supply p = price level of consumer goods
k = peoples’ desire to hold money in hand (in terms of consumer goods) in the total income of them
r = cash reserve ratio
k’ = community’s total money deposit in banks, in terms of consumers goods.
In this extended equation also, Keynes assumes that, k, k’ and r are constant. In this situation, price level (P) is changed directly and proportionately changing in money volume (n).

Question 34.
Explain disinflation?
Answer:
Disinflation:
Disinflation is the slowing down the rate of inflation by controlling the amount of credit (bank loan, hire purchase) available to consumers without causing more unemployment. Disinflation may be defined as the process of reversing inflation without creating unemployment or reducing output in the economy.

Part – D
Answer the following questions in one page.

Question 35.
Illustrate Fisher’s Quantity theory of money?
Answer:
(a) Fisher’s Quantity Theory of Money:
The quantity theory of money is a very old the¬ory. It was first propounded in 1588 by an Italian economist, Davanzatti. But, the credit for popularizing this theory in recent years rightly belongs to the well-known American economist, Irving Fisher who published his book, ‘The Purchasing Power of Money” in 1911. He gave it a quantitative form in terms of his famous “Equation of Exchange”.
The general form of equation given by Fisher is –
MV = PT

1. Fisher points out that in a country during any given period of time, the total quantity of money (MV) will be equal to the total value of all goods and services bought and sold (PT). MV = PT
Supply of Money = Demand for Money

2. This equation is referred to as “Cash Transaction Equation”.
Where M = Money Supply/quantity of Money
V = Velocity of Money
P = Price level
T = Volume of Transaction.
It is expressed as P = MV / T which implies that the quantity of money determines the price level and the price level in its turn varies directly with the quantity of money, provided ‘V’ and ‘T’ remain constant.

3. According to Marshall, peoples desire to hold money (the coefficient, K) is more powerful in determination of money, rather than quantity of money (M). So, peoples’ desire to hold money is a determinant of value of money.

4. The above equation considers only currency money. But, in a modem economy, bank’s demand deposits or credit money and its velocity play a vital part in business. Therefore, Fisher extended his original equation of exchange to include bank deposits M, and its velocity Vr The revised equation was:
PT = MV + M1V1
P = \(\frac { MV+M_{ 1 }V_{ 1 } }{ T } \)

5. From the revised equation, it is evident, that the price level is determined by (a) the quantity of money in circulation ‘M’ (b) the velocity of circulation of money ‘V’ (c) the volume of bank credit money M1 (d) the velocity of circulation of credit money V1, and the volume of trade (T)

Diagramatic Illustration:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Chapter 5 Monetary Economics

Quantity of Money

1. Figure (A) shows the effect of changes in the quantity of money on the price level. When the quantity of money is OM, the price level is OP. When the quantity of money is doubled to OM2, the price level is also doubled to OP2. Further, when the quantity of money is increased four – fold to OM4, the price level also increases by four times to OP4. This relationship is expressed by the curve OP = f (M) from the origin at 45°.

2. Figure (B), shows the inverse relation between the quantity of money and the value of money, where the value of money is taken on the vertical axis. When the quantity of money is OM1, the value of money is 01 / P1. But with the doubling of the quantity of money to OM2, the value of money becomes one – half of what it was before, (01 / P2). But, with the quantity of money increasing by four – fold to OM4, the value of money is reduced by 01 / P4. This inverse relationship between the quantity of money and the value of money is shown by downward sloping curve 1 / OP = f (M).

Question 36.
Explain the functions of money?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 5 Monetary Economics

1. Primary Functions:

(I) Money as a medium of exchange:
This is considered as the basic function of money. Money has the quality of general acceptability, and all exchanges take place in terms of money.

(II) Money as a measure of value:
The second important function of money is that it measures the value of goods and services. In other words, the prices of all goods and services are expressed in terms of money. Money is thus looked upon as a collective measure of value.

2. Secondary Functions:

(I) Money as a Store of value:
Savings done in terms of commodities were not permanent. But, with the invention of money, this difficulty has now disappeared and savings are now done in terms of money. Money also serves as an excellent store of wealth, as it can be easily converted into other marketable assets, such as, land, machinery, plant etc.

(II) Money as a Standard of Deferred Payments:
Borrowing and lending were difficult problems under the barter system. In the absence of money, the borrowed amount could be returned only in terms of goods and services. But the modem money – economy has greatly facilitated the borrowing and lending processes.

(III) Money as a Means of Transferring Purchasing Power:
The field of exchange also went on extending with growing economic development. The exchange of goods is now extended to distant lands.

3. Contingent Functions:

(I) Basis of the Credit System:
Money is the basis of the Credit System. Business transactions are either in cash or on credit.

(II) Money facilitates distribution of National Income:
The task of distribution of national income was exceedingly complex under the barter system.

(III) Money helps to Equalize Marginal Utilities and Marginal Productivities:
Consumer can obtain maximum utility only if he incurs expenditure on various commodities in such a manner as to equalize marginal utilities accruing from them. Now in equalizing these marginal utilities, money plays an important role, because the prices of all commodities are expressed in money.

(IV) Money Increases Productivity of Capital:
Money is the most liquid form of capital. In other words, capital in the form of money can be put to any use.

4. Other Functions:

(I) Money helps to maintain Repayment Capacity:
Money possesses the quality of general acceptability. To maintain its repayment capacity, every firm has to keep assets in the form of liquid cash. The firm ensures its repayment capacity with money.

(II) Money represents Generalized Purchasing Power:
Purchasing power kept in terms of money can be put to any use. It is not necessary that money should be used only for the purpose for which it has been served.

(III) Money gives liquidity to Capital:
Money is the most liquid form of capital. It can be put to any use.

Question 37.
What are the causes and effects of inflation on the economy?
Answer:
Causes of Inflation:
The main causes of inflation in India are as follows:

1. Increase in Money Supply:
Inflation is caused by an increase in the supply of money which leads to increase in aggregate demand. The higher the growth rate of the nominal money supply, the higher is the rate of inflation.

2. Increase in Disposable Income:
When the disposable income of the people increases, it raises their demand for goods and services. Disposable income may increase with the rise in national income or reduction in taxes or reduction in the saving of the people.

3. Increase in Pubiic Expenditure:
Government activities have been expanding due to developmental activities and social welfare programmes. This is also a cause for price rise.

4. Increase in Consumer Spending:
The demand for goods and services increases when they are given credit to buy goods on hire-purchase and installment basis.

5. Cheap Monetary Policy:
Cheap monetary policy or the policy of credit expansion also leads to increase in the money supply which raises the demand for goods and services in the economy.

6. Deficit Financing:
In order to meet its mounting expenses, the government resorts to deficit financing by borrowing from the public and even by printing more notes.

7. Black Assests, Activities and Money:
The existence of black money and black assests due to corruption, tax evasion etc., increase the aggregate demand. People spend such money, lavishly. Black marketing and hoarding reduces the supply of goods.

8. Repayment of Public Debt:
Whenever the government repays its past internal debt to the public, it leads to increase in the money supply with the public.

9. Increase in Exports:
When exports are encouraged, domestic supply of goods decline. So prices rise.

Effects of Inflation:
The effects of inflation can be classified into two heads:

  1. Effects on Production and
  2. Effects on Distribution.

1. Effects on Production:
When the inflation is very moderate, it acts as an incentive to traders and producers. This is particularly prior to full employment when resources are not fully utilized. The profit due to rising prices encourages and induces business class to increase their investments in production, leading to generation of employment and income.

(I) However, hyper – inflation results in a serious depreciation of the value of money.

(II) When the value of money undergoes considerable depreciation, this may even drain out the foreign capital already invested in the country.

(III) With reduced capital accumulation, the investment will suffer a serious set-back which may have an adverse effect on the volume of production in the country.

(IV) Inflation also leads to hoarding of essential goods both by the traders as well as the consumers and thus leading to still hiher inflation rate.

(V) Inflation encourages investment in speculative activities rather than productive purposes.

2. Effects on Distribution:

1. Debtors and Creditors:
During inflation, debtors are the gainers while the creditors are losers.

2. Fixed – income Groups:
The fixed income groups are the worst hit during inflation because their incomes being fixed do not bear any relationship with the rising cost of living.

3. Entrepreneurs:
Inflation is the boon to the entrepreneurs whether they are manufacturers, traders, merchants or businessmen, because it serves as a tonic for business enterprise.

4. Investors:
The investors, who generally invest in fixed interest yielding bonds and securities have much to lose during inflation.

Question 38.
Describe the phases of Trade cycle?
Answer:
Phases of Trade Cycle
The four different phases of trade cycle is referred to as

  1. Boom
  2. Recession
  3. Depression and
  4. Recovery. These are illustrated in the figure:

Phases of Trade Cycle:

1. Boom or Prosperity Phase:
The full employment and the movement of the economy beyond full employment is characterized as boom period.

  1. During this period, there is hectic activity in economy.
  2. Money wages rise, profits increase and interest rates go up.
  3. The demand for bank credit increases and there is all – round optimism.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 5 Monetary Economics

2. Recession:

  1. The turning point from boom condition is called recession.
  2. This happens at higher rate, than what was earlier.
  3. Generally, the failure of a company or bank bursts the boom and brings a phase of recession.
  4. Investments are drastically reduced, production comes down and income and profits decline.
  5. There is panic in the stock market and business activities show signs of dullness.
  6. Liquidity preference of the people rises and money market becomes tight.

3. Depression:

  1. During depression the level of economic activity becomes extremely low.
  2. Firms incur losses and closure of business becomes a common feature and the ultimate result is unemployment.
  3. Interest prices, profits and wages are low. The agricultural class and wage earners would be worst hit.
  4. Banking institutions will be reluctant to advance loans to businessmen.
  5. Depression is the worst phase of the business cycle.
  6. Extreme point of depression is called as “trough”, because it is a deep point in business cycle.

4. Recovery:

  1. After a period of depression, recovery sets in.
  2. This is the turning point from depression to revival towards upswing.
  3. It begins with the revival of demand for capital goods.
  4. Autonomous investments boost the activity.
  5. The demand slowly picks up and in due course the activity is directed towards the upswing with more production, profit, income, wages and employment.
  6. Recovery may be initiated by innovation or investment or by government expenditure (autonomous investment).

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Consumption and Investment Functions Additional Questions

Part – A
I. Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
During Inflation?
(a) Business men gain
(b) Wage earners gain
(c) Salary gain
(d) Renters gain
Answer:
(a) Business men gain

Question 2.
Galloping Inflation is also known as –
(a) Deflation
(b) Persistent Inflation
(c) Stagflation
(d) Cost – push Inflation
Answer:
(b) Persistent Inflation

Question 3.
The modem economy is described as –
(a) Demand Economy
(b) Supply Economy
(c) Money Economy
(d) Wage Economy
Answer:
(c) Money Economy

Question 4.
The term ………………………… refers to a phase or policy when interest rates are high.
(a) Purchasing money
(b) Power money
(c) Fiat money
(d) Dear money
Answer:
(d) Dear money

Question 5.
Currency notes in circulation are referred to as –
(b) Fiat money
(c) Value of money
(d) Cheap money
Answer:
(b) Fiat money

Question 6.
What is the name of inflation without a rise in price level?
(a) Repressed Inflation
(b) Hyper Inflation
(c) Galloping Inflation
(d) Cost – Push Inflation
Answer:
(a) Repressed Inflation

Question 7.
Give the example of a country that experienced hyper Inflation?
(a) India
(b) China
(c) Germany
(d) Africa
Answer:
(c) Germany

Question 8.
Which is the most important function of money?
(a) Measure of value
(b) Store of value
(c) Medium of exchange
(d) Standard of deferred payments
Answer:
(c) Medium of exchange

Question 9.
What is the other name for “Equation of Exchange”?
(a) Fisher’s Equation
(b) Keynes Equation
(c) Marshall’s Equation
(d) Equation of Exchange
Answer:
(a) Fisher’s Equation

Question 10.
What is the cheap money policy?
(a) High rates of Interest
(b) Low rates of Interest
(c) Medium rates of Interest
(d) Very high rates of Interest
Answer:
(b) Low rates of Interest

Question 11.
Monetary policy is controlled by –
(a) Central bank
(b) State Government
(c) Private sector
(d) Central Government
Answer:
(d) Central Government

Question 12.
………………………… is usually effective for controlling inflation.
(a) Monetary policy
(b) RBI
(c) State Government
(d) Central government
Answer:
(a) Monetary policy

Question 13.
Monetary policy is usually effective in controlling –
(a) Bank
(b) Inflation
(c) Deflation
(d) Stagflation
Answer:
(b) Inflation

Question 14.
Money acts as a common measure of –
(a) Reserve money
(b) Fiat money
(c) Value
(d) Broad money
Answer:
(c) Value

Question 15.
Bank rate is lowered during –
(a) Inflation
(b) Price
(c) Employment
(d) Deflation
Answer:
(d) Deflation

Question 16.
Under dear money policy is –
(a) Rate of Interest is low
(b) Rate of interest is high
(c) Bank rate is high
(d) Money supply is more
Answer:
(b) Rate of interest is high

Question 17.
M3 is called –
(a) Narrow money
(b) Reserve money
(c) Broad money
(d) Fiat money
Answer:
(c) Broad money

Question 18.
Price mechanism plays a vital role in –
(a) Capitalism
(b) Socialism
(c) Mixed economy
(d) Traditional economy
Answer:
(a) Capitalism

Question 19.
“Money is what money does” ………………………… this definition was given by –
(a) Crowther
(b) Fisher
(c) Grasham
(d) Walker
Answer:
(d) Walker

Question 20.
Currency with the public is known as –
(a) M1
(b) M2
(C) M3
(d) M4
Answer:
(a) M1

Question 21.
Cost – push inflation is induced by rising –
(a) Costs
(b) Money
(c) Broad money
(d) Inflation
Answer:
(b) Money

Question 22.
The direct exchange of goods for goods is known as –
(a) Money exchange
(b) Money transfer
(c) Barter System
(d) Barter goods
Answer:
(c) Barter System

Question 23.
Money is a matter of functions –
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
Answer:
(d) Four

Question 24.
Deflation is a period marked by ………………………… prices.
(a) Increasing
(b) Falling
(c) Constant
(d) High
Answer:
(d) High

Question 25.
Dear money refers to ………………………… rate being high.
(a) Money
(b) Finance
(c) Interest
(d) Cost
Answer:
(c) Interest

II. Match the following and choose the correct answer by using codes given below

A. Deficit financing – (i) Monetary policy objectives
B. Store of value – (ii) Currency notes
C. Price stability – (iii) Causes inflation
D. Fiat money – (iv) Function of money
Codes:
(a) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
(b) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
(c) A (iv) B (ii) C (iii) D (i)
(d) A (i) B (iv) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(a) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)

Question 2.
A. Falling prices – (i) Black money
B. Government securities – (ii) Business loss
C. Bank rate – (iii) Open Market operation
D. Unaccounted money – (iv) Credit control
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (i) D (ii)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(b) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)

Question 3.
A. Checking Inflation – (i) Irving Fisher
B. Great Depression – (ii) Narrow money
C. Quantity theory of money – (iii) Wage freeze
D. M1 – 1930
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iii) D (iv)
(b) A (iii) B (iv) C(i) D (ii)
(c) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) D (i)
(d) A (iv) B (i) C (ii) D (iii)
Answer:
(b) A (iii) B (iv) C(i) D (ii)

Question 4.
A. Cheap money policy – (i) Purchasing money
B. Prices pushed – (ii) Creeping inflation
C. Value of money – (iii) Low rate of interest
D. Selective credit control – (iv) Moral suasion
Codes:
(a) A (iii) B (ii) C (i) D (iv)
(b) A (ii) B (i) C (iv) D (iii)
(c) A (iv) B (iii) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (i) B (iv) C (iii) D (ii)
Answer:
(a) A (iii) B (ii) C (i) D (iv)

Question 5.
A. Galloping Inflation – (i) Money Act
B. M3is called – (ii) Hyperinflation
C. Measure of value – (iii) Broad money
D. Deflation Codes – (iv) Bank rate
Codes:
(a) A (i) B (ii) C (iv) D (iii)
(b) A (iv) B (i) C (iii) D (ii)
(c) A (iii) B (iv) C (ii) D (i)
(d) A (ii) B (iii) C (i) D (iv)
Answer:
(d) A (ii) B (iii) C (i) D (iv)

III. State whether the statements are true or false.

Question 1.
(i) Inflation is taxation without legislation was said by Milton Friedman.
(ii) Money is the most liquid form of capital.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true

Question 2.
(i) “The purchasing power of money” was a book published by Irving Fisher in 1911.
(ii) The general form of equation given by Fisher is M = KPY.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 3.
(i) The study of alternating fluctuations in business activity is referred to in Economics as Trade cycle.
(ii) During depression the level of economic activity becomes extremely high.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 4.
(i) Creeping Inflation is in no way dangerous to the economy.
(ii) Debit card is an example of paper currency.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false

Question 5.
(i) MV = PT equation stands for volume of Trade.
(ii) Fisher’s Quantity Theory of money is based on the essential function of money as measure of value.

(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false
(c) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(d) (i) is false but (ii) is true
Answer:
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false

IV. Which of the following is correctly matched:

Question 1.
(a) Medium of exchange – CRR
(b) Cash Reserve Ratio – Gold standard
(c) Goods exchange for goods – Barter system
(d) Full weighted legal tender – Plastic money
Answer:
(c) Goods exchange for goods – Barter system

Question 2.
(a) Depression – Starting stage
(b) Recession – Turning point from boom
(c) Boom – Economic activities
(d) Inflation – Hectic activity
Answer:
(b) Recession – Turning point from boom

Question 3.
(a) Store of value – Liquidity cash
(b) Deflation – Rise in price
(c) Trade cycle – Narrow money
(d) Quantity theory of money – J.M. Keynes
Answer:
(d) Quantity theory of money – J.M. Keynes

Question 4.
(a) The purchasing power of currency – Falling
(b) Monetary measures are adopted by – State bank
(c) The turning point from boom is – Inflation
(d) Money supply means the total – Inflation amount of money in – World
Answer:
(a) The purchasing power of currency – Falling

Question 5.
(a) The Marshall’s equation – MV = PT
(b) Cash Reserve Ratio – CRR
(c) Statutory Liquidity cash – SLC
(d) Functions of money – Money supply
Answer:
(b) Cash Reserve Ratio – CRR

Question 6.
(a) Barter System – Technology
(b) Gold Standard – Standard currency is directly linked with gold
(c) Plastic money – Money value
(d) Paper money – Smart card
Answer:
(b) Gold Standard – Standard currency is directly linked with gold

V. Which of the following is not correctly matched:

Question 1.
(a) Inflation – Rise in price
(b) Deflation – Fall in price
(c) Hyper Inflation – India
(d) Hyper deflation – Phases of Trade cycle
Answer:
(c) Hyper Inflation – India

Question 2.
(a) Currency Deposit Ratio – CDR
(b) Reserve Deposit Ratio – RDR
(c) Cash Reserve Ratio – CRR
(d) Statutory Liquidity Ratio – SRL
Answer:
(d) Statutory Liquidity Ratio – SRL

Question 3.
(a) M – Money supply / Quantity of money –
(b) V – Velocitu of money
(c) P – Price level
(d) T – Price rise slow moving
Answer:
(d) T – Price rise slow moving

Question 4.
(a) Creeping Inflation – Price rise slow moving
(b) Walking Inflation – Price rise moderately
(c) Running Inflation – Price rise rapidly running
(d) Galloping Inflation – Price rise very slow
Answer:
(d) Galloping Inflation – Price rise very slow

Question 5.
(a) Money supply – Central Bank
(b) Dear money policy – During Inflation
(c) Value of money – Purchasing power
(d) Black money – Narrow money
Answer:
(d) Black money – Narrow money

VI. Pick the odd one out.

Question 1.
The main functions of money can be classified
(a) Primary functions
(b) Secondary functions
(c) Contingent functions
(d) Territory functions
Answer:
(d) Territory functions

Question 2.
Money secondary functions are
(a) Money as a store of value
(b) Money as a standard of Deferred payments
(c) Money as a means of Transferring purchasing power
(d) Money as a modem exchange system
Answer:
(d) Money as a modem exchange system

Question 3.
Contingent functions are called
(a) Basis of the credit system
(b) Money facilitates distribution of state income
(c) Money’helps to equalize marginal utility
(d) Money increases productivity of capital
Answer:
(b) Money facilitates distribution of state income

Question 4.
RBI publishes information of money supply are
(a) M2 = Currency coins and demand deposits
(b) M2 = M1 + Saving deposits with post office savings banks and Total Deposits
(c) M3 = M2 + Time deposits of all commercial and co – operative banks
(d) M4 = M3 + Total deposits with post offices
Answer:
(b) M2 = M1 + Saving deposits with post office savings banks and Total Deposits

Question 5.
Determinants of money supply are
(a) Consumer Deposit Ratio (CDR)
(b) Reserve Deposit Ratio (RDR)
(c) Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR)
(d) Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR)
Answer:
(a) Consumer Deposit Ratio (CDR)

Question 6.
Types of Inflation are
(a) Currency Inflation
(b) Credit Inflation
(c) Demand Induced Inflation
(d) Profit Induced Inflation
Answer:
(c) Demand Induced Inflation

Question 7.
The four different phases of trade cycle is referred to as
(a) Regression
(b) Recession
(c) Depression
(d) Recovery
Answer:
(a) Regression

VII. Assertion and Reason.

Question 1.
Assertion (A): Stagflation is a combination of stagnant economic growth, high unemployment and high inflation.
Reason (R): Stagflation is the slowing down the rate of inflation by controlling the amount of credit.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false

Question 2.
Assertion (A): Keynes and Milton Friedman together suggested Monetary measures, Fiscal measures and other measures to prevent and control of inflation.
Reason (R): Keynes and Milton Friedman together suggested other measures are Short term and Long – term measures.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 3.
Assertion (A): A trade cycle refers to oscillations in aggregate economic activity particularly in employment, output, income, etc.
Reason (R): The four different phases of trade cycle is referred to Boom, Recession, Depression and Recovery.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 4.
Assertion (A): Fiscal policy is now recognized as an important instrument to tackle an inflationary situation.
Reason (R): Monetary measures are adopted by the central bank.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 5.
Assertion (A): Currency is created by the RBI and Union Government.
Reason (R): Bank deposits are created by commercial banks and co-operative banks.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’

Question 6.
Assertion (A): Recovery may be initiated by Money balance.
Reason (R): Recovery may be government expenditure.

(a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation to ‘A’
(b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation to ‘A’
(c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Answer:
(d) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true

Part – B
Answer The Following Questions In One or Two Sentences.

Question 1.
Define “Silver Standard”?
Answer:
Silver Standard: The silver standard is a monetary system in which the standard economic unit of account is a fixed weight of silver. The silver standard is a monetary arrangement in which a country’s Government allows conversion of its currency into fixed amount of silver.

Question 2.
What is paper currency?
Answer:

  1. The paper currency standard refers to the monetary system in which the paper currency notes issued by the Treasury or the Central Bank or both circulate as unlimited legal tender.
  2. The paper standard is also known as managed currency standard.
  3. The quantity of money in circulation is controlled by the monetary authority to maintain price stability.

Question 3.
Name the main functions of money?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Economics Chapter 5 Monetary Economics

Question 4.
Write RBI publishes information alternative measures of money supply?
Answer:
RBI publishes information for four alternative measures of Money supply, namely M2 , M2 and M3 and M4
M1 = Currency, coins and demand deposits
M2 = M1 + Savings deposits with post office savings banks
M3 = M2 + Time deposits of all commercial and cooperative banks.
M4 = M3 + Total deposits with Post offices.

Question 5.
Define “Currency symbol”?
Answer:
Currency Symbol ₹
The new symbol designed by D.Udaya Kumar, a post graduate of IIT Bombay was finally selected by the Union cabinet on 15th July, 2010. The new symbol, is an amalgamation of Devanagri ‘Ra’ and the Roman ‘R’ without the stem. The symbol of India rupee came into use on 15th July, 2010. After America, Britain, Japan, Europe Union. India is the 5th country to accept a unique currency symbol.

Question 6.
Write Fisher’s Quantity Theory of money equation?
Answer:

  1. The general form of equation given by Fisher is MV = PT.
  2. Fisher points out that in a country during any given period of time, the total quantity of money (MV) will be equal to the total value of all goods and services bought and sold (PT).
  3. MV = PT

Question 7.
Define “Trade cycle”?
Answer:
“A trade cycle is composed of periods of good trade characterised by rising prices and low unemployment percentages altering with periods of bad trade characterised by falling prices and high unemployment percentages”.

Part – C
Answer The Following Questions In One Paragraph.

Question 1.
Write the meaning of Money supply?
Answer:
Meaning of Money Supply

  1. In India, currency notes are issued by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and coins are issued by the Ministry of Finance, Government of India (GOI).
  2. Besides these, the balance is savings, or current account deposits, held by the public in commercial banks is also considered money.
  3. The currency notes are also called fiat money and legal tenders.

Question 2.
Explain the Deflation?
Answer:
Deflation:

  1. The essential feature of deflation is falling prices, reduced money supply and unemployment.
  2. Though falling prices are desirable at the time of inflation, such a fall should not lead to the fall in the level of production and employment.
  3. But if prices fall from the level of full employment both income and employment will be adversely affected.

Question 3.
What is the meaning of trade cycle?
Answer:
Meaning of Trade Cycle:

  1. A Trade cycle refers to oscillations in aggregate economic activity particularly in employment, output, income, etc.
  2. It is due to the inherent contraction and expansion of the elements which energize the economic activities of the nation.
  3. The fluctuations are periodical, differing in intensity and changing in its coverage.

Question 4.
Explain the Evolution of money?
Answer:
Barter System:

  1. The introduction of money as a medium of exchange was orje of the greatest inventions of mankind.
  2. Before money was invented, exchange took place by Barter, that is, commodities and services were directly exchanged for other commodities and services.
  3. Under the barter system, buyers and sellers of commodities had to face a number of difficulties.
  4. Surplus goods were exchanged for money which in turn was exchanged for other needed goods.
  5. Goods like furs, skins, salt, rice, wheat, utensils, weapons, etc. were commonly used as money.
  6. Such exchange of goods for goods was known as “Barter Exchange” or “Barter System”.

Question 5.
What is the meaning of Crypto currency?
Answer:
Crypto Currency:

  1. A digital currency in which encryption techniques are used to regulate the generation of units of currency and verify the transfer of funds, operating independently of a Central Bank.
  2. Decentralised crypto currencies such as Bitcoin now provide an outlet for Personal Wealth that is beyond restriction and confiscation.

Question 6.
Explain the Trade cycle Depression?
Answer:
Depression:

  1. During depression the level of economic activity becomes extremely low.
  2. Firms incur losses and closure of business becomes a common feature and the ultimate result is unemployment.
  3. Interest prices, profits and wages are low.
  4. The agricultural class and wage earners would be worst hit.
  5. Banking institutions will be reluctant to advance loans to businessmen.
  6. Depression is the worst phase of the business cycle.
  7. Extreme point of depression is called as “trough”, because it is a deep point in business cycle.
  8. Any person fell down in deeps could not come out from that without other’s help.
  9. Similarly, an economy fell down in trough could not come out from this without external help.
  10. Keynes advocated that autonomous investment of the government alone can help the economy to come out from the depression.

Part – D
Answer The Following Questions In One Page.

Question 1.
Explain the Measures of control inflation?
Answer:
Measures to Control Inflation:
Keynes and Milton Friedman together suggested three measures to prevent and control of inflation.

  1. Monetary measures
  2. Fiscal measures (J.M. Keynes) and
  3. Other measures.

1. Monetary Measures:

  1. These measures are adopted by the Central Bank of the country.
  2. They are
    • Increase in Bankrate
    • Sale of Government Securities in the Open Market
    • Higher Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR) and Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR)
    • Consumer Credit Control and
    • Higher margin requirements
    • Higher Repo Rate and Reverse Repo Rate.

2. Fiscal Measures:

  1. Fiscal policy is now recognized as an important instrument to tackle an inflationary situation.
  2. The major anti – inflationary fiscal measures are the following:
    Reduction of Government Expenditure and Public Borrowing and Enhancing taxation.

3. Other Measures:
These measures can be divided broadly into short – term and long – term measures.

(a) Short – term measures can be in regard to public distribution of scarce essential commodities through fair price shops (Rationing). In India whenever shortage of basic goods has been felt, the government has resorted to import so that inflation may not get triggered.

(b) Long – term measures will require accelerating economic growth especially of the wage goods which have a direct bearing on the general price and the cost of living. Some restrictions on present consumption may help in improving saving and investment which may be necessary for accelerating the rate of economic growth in the long run.

Question 2.
Briefly explain the Monetary Economics and money?
Answer:

  1. Monetary Economics is a branch of economics that provides a framework for analyzing money and its functions as a medium of exchange, store of value and unit of account.
  2. It examines the effects of monetary systems including regulation of money and associated financial institutions.
    Meaning
  3. Money is anything that is generally accepted as payment for goods and services and repayment of debts and that serves as a medium of exchange.
  4. A medium of exchange is anything that is widely accepted as a means of payments.
  5. In recent years, the importance of credit has increased in all the countries of the world.
  6. Credit instruments are used on an extensive scale.
  7. The use of cheques, bills of exchange, etc. has gone up.
  8. It should however, be remembered that money is the basis of credit.

Question 3.
Explain the Inflation Effects of production?
Answer:
Effects on Production: When the inflation is very moderate, it acts as an incentive to traders and producers. This is particularly prior to full employment when resources are not fully utilized. The profit due to rising prices encourages and induces business class to increase their investments in production, leading to generation of employment and income.

1. However, hyper – inflation results in a serious depreciation of the value of money and it discourages savings on the part of the public.

2. When the value of money undergoes considerable depreciation, this may even drain out the foreign capital already invested in the country.

3. With reduced capital accumulation, the investment will suffer a serious set – back which may have an adverse effect on the volume of production in the country. This may discourage entrepreneurs and business men from taking business risk.

4. Inflation also leads to hoarding of essential goods both by the traders as well as the consumers and thus leading to still higher inflation rate.

5. Inflation encourages investment in speculative activities rather than productive purposes.

Share this Tamilnadu State Board 12th Economics Solutions Chapter 5 Monetary Economics Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the grammar issues in exams. Keep visiting this site frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Recent Developments in Physics

Students those who are preparing for the 12th Physics exam can download this Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Book Solutions Questions and Answers for Chapter 11 Recent Developments in Physics from here free of cost. These Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for Class 12th Physics PDF cover all Chapter 11 Recent Developments in Physics Questions and Answers. All these concepts of Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Book Solutions Questions and Answers are explained very conceptually as per the board prescribed Syllabus & guidelines.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Recent Developments in Physics

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 12th Physics Chapter 11 Recent Developments in Physics Questions and Answers and get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 11 Recent Developments in Physics Questions and Answers pdf. Download the Tamilnadu State Board Solutions by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Recent Developments in Physics Textual Evaluation Solved

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Recent Developments in Physics Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
The particle size of ZnO material is 30 nm. Based on the dimension it is classified as –
(a) Bulk material
(b) Nanomaterial
(c) Soft material
(d) Magnetic material.
Answer:
(b) Nanomaterial

Question 2.
Which one of the following is the natural nanomaterial?
(a) Peacock feather
(b) Peacock beak
(c) Grain of sand
(d) Skin of the Whale.
Answer:
(a) Peacock feather

Question 3.
The blue print for making ultra durable synthetic material is mimicked from-
(a) Lotus leaf
(b) Morpho butterfly
(c) Parrot fish
(d) Peacock feather.
Answer:
(c) Parrot fish

Question 4.
The method of making nanomaterial by assembling the atoms is called-
(a) Top down approach
(h) Bottom up approach
(c) Cross down approach
(d) Diagonal approach.
Answer:
(b) Bottom up approach

Question 5.
“Sky wax” is an application of nano product in the field of-
(a) Medicine
(b) Textile
(c) Sports
(d) Automotive industry.
Answer:
(c) Sports

Question 6.
The materials used in Robotics are-
(a) Aluminium and silver
(b) Silver and gold
(c) Copper and gold
(d) Steel and aluminium.
Answer:
(d) Steel and aluminum.

Question 7.
The alloys used for muscle wires in Robots are-
(a) Shape memory alloys
(b) Gold copper alloys
(c) Gold silver alloys
(d) Two dimensional alloys.
Answer:
(a) Shape memory alloys

Question 8.
The technology used for stopping the brain from processing pain is-
(a) Precision medicine
(b) Wireless brain sensor
(c) Virtual reality
(d) Radiology.
Answer:
(c) Virtual reality

Question 9.
The particle which gives mass to protons and neutrons are-
(a) Higgs particle
(b) Einstein particle
(c) Nanoparticle
(d) Bulk particle.
Answer:
(a) Higgs particle

Question 10.
The gravitational waves were theoretically proposed by-
(a) Conrad Rontgen
(b) Marie Curie
(c) Albert Einstein
(d) Edward Purcell.
Answer:
(c) Albert Einstein

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Recent Developments in Physics Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Distinguish between Nanoscience and Nanotechnology?
Answer:
1. Nanoscience:

  • Nanoscience is the science of objects with typical sizes of 1 – 100 nm. Nano means one – billionth of a metre that is 10-9 m.
  • If matter is divided into such small objects the mechanical, electrical, optical, magnetic and other properties change.

2. Nanotechnology:

  • Nanotechnology is a technology involving the design, production, characterization, and applications of nano structured materials.

Question 2.
What is the difference between Nano materials and Bulk materials?
Answer:

  1. The solids are made up of particles. Each of the particle has a definite number of atoms, which might differ from material to material. If the particle of a solid is of size less than 100 nm, it is said to be a ‘nano solid’.
  2. When the particle size exceeds 100 nm, it is a ‘bulk solid’. It is to be noted that nano and bulk solids may be of the same chemical composition.
  3. For example, ZnO can be both in bulk and nano form.
  4. Though chemical composition is the same, nano form of the material shows strikingly different properties when compared to its bulk counterpart.

Question 3.
Give any two examples for “Nano” in nature.
Answer:
1.  Single strand DNA:
A single strand of DNA, the building block of all living things, is about three nanometers wide.

2. Morpho Butterfly:
The scales on the wings of a morpho butterfly contain nanostructures that change the way light waves interact with each other, giving the wings brilliant metallic blue and green hues. Mimic in laboratories – Manipulation of colours by adjusting the size of nano particles with which the materials are made.

Question 4.
Mention any two advantages and disadvantages of Robotics.
Answer:

  1. Advantages of Robotics:
    • The robots are much cheaper than humans.
    • Robots never get tired like humans. It can work for 24 x 7. Hence absenteeism in work place can be reduced.
    • Robots are more precise and error free in performing the task.
  2. Disadvantages of Robotics:
    • Robots have no sense of emotions or conscience.
    • They lack empathy and hence create an emotionless workplace.
    • If ultimately robots would do all the work, and the humans will just sit and monitor them, health hazards will increase rapidly.

Question 5.
Why steel is preferred in making Robots?
Answer:
Steel is several time stronger. In any case, because of the inherent strength of metal, robot bodies are made using sheet, bar, rod, channel, and other shapes.

Question 6.
What are black holes?
Answer:
Black holes are end stage of stars which are highly dense massive object. Its mass ranges from 20 times mass of the sun to 1 million times mass of the sun. It has very strong gravitational force such that no particle or even light can escape from it. The existence of black holes is studied when the stars orbiting the black hole behave differently from the other starts. Every galaxy has black hole at its center. Sagittarius A* is the black hole at the center of the Milky Way galaxy.

Question 7.
What are sub atomic particles?
Answer:

  1. The three main subatomic particles that form an atom are protons, neutrons and electrons.
  2. Subatomic particles are particles that are smaller than the atom, proton and neutron are made up of quarks which is interact through gluons.
  3. Subatomic particle having two types of particles, they are elementary particle and composite particle.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Recent Developments in Physics Long Answer Questions

Question 1.
Discuss the applications of Nanomaterials in various fields?
Answer:
(i) Automotive industry:

  • Lightweight construction
  • Painting (fillers, base coat, clear coat)
  • Catalysts
  • Tires (fillers)
  • Sensors
  • Coatings for window screen and car bodies

(ii) Chemical industry:

  • Fillers for paint systems
  • Coating systems based on nanocomposites
  • Impregnation of papers
  • Switchable adhesives
  • Magnetic fluids

(iii) Engineering

  • Wear protection for tools and machines (anti blocking coatings, scratch resistant coatings on plastic parts, etc.)
  • Lubricant – free bearings

(iv) Electronic industry

  • Data memory
  • Displays
  • Laser diodes
  • Glass fibres
  • Optical switches
  • Filters (IR-blocking)
  • Conductive, antistatic coatings

(v) Construction:

  • Construction materials
  • Thermal insulation
  • Flame retardants
  • Surface – functionalised building materials for wood, floors, stone, facades, tiles, roof tiles, etc.
  • Facade coatings
  • Groove mortar

(vi) Medicine:

  • Drug delivery systems
  • Contrast medium
  • Prostheses and implants
  • Agents in cancer therapy
  • Active agents
  • Medical rapid tests
  • Antimicrobial agents and coatings

(vii) Textile / fabrics / non – wovens:

  • Surface – processed textiles
  • Smart clothes

(viii) Energy:

  • Fuel cells
  • Solar cells
  • Batteries
  • Capacitors

(ix) Cosmetics:

  • Sun protection
  • Lipsticks
  • Skin creams
  • Tooth paste

(x) Food and drinks:

  • Package materials
  • Additives
  • Storage life sensors
  • Clarification of fruit juices

(xi) Household:

  • Ceramic coatings for irons
  • Odors catalyst
  • Cleaner for glass, ceramic, floor, windows

(xii) Sports / outdoor:

  • Ski wax
  • Antifogging of glasses / goggles
  • Antifouling coatings for ships / boats
  • Reinforced tennis rackets and balls.

Question 2.
What are the possible harmful effects of usage of Nanoparticles? Why?
Answer:
Possible harmful effects of usage of Nanoparticles:

1. The research on the harmful impact of application of nanotechnology is also equally important and fast developing. The major concern here is that the nanoparticles have the dimensions same as that of the biological molecules such as proteins. They may easily get absorbed onto the surface of living organisms and they might enter the tissues and fluids of the body.

2. The adsorbing nature depends on the surface of the nanoparticle. Indeed, it is possible to deliver a drug directly to a specific cell in the body by designing the surface of a nanoparticle so that it adsorbs specifically onto the surface of the target cell.

3. The interaction with living systems is also affected by the dimensions of the nanoparticles. For instance, nanoparticles of a few nanometers size may reach well inside biomolecules, which is not possible for larger nanoparticles.

4. Nanoparticles can also cross cell membranes. It is also possible for the inhaled nanoparticles to reach the blood, to reach other sites such as the liver, heart or blood cells.

5. Researchers are trying to understand the response of living organisms to the presence of nanoparticles of varying size, shape, chemical composition and surface characteristics.

Question 3.
Discuss the functions of key components in Robots?
Answer:
The robotic system mainly consists of sensors, power supplies, control systems, manipulators and necessary software. Most robots are composed of 3 main parts:

    1. The Controller: Also known as the “brain” which is run by a computer program. It gives commands for the moving parts to perform the job.
    2. Mechanical parts: Motors, pistons, grippers, wheels, and gears that make the robot move, grab, turn, and lift.
    3. Sensors: To tell the robot about its surroundings. It helps to determine the sizes and shapes of the objects around, distance between the objects, and directions as well.
      Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Recent Developments in Physics Q3

Question 4.
Elaborate any two types of Robots with relevant examples?
Answer:
(i) Human Robot: Certain robots are made to resemble humans in appearance and replicate the human activities like walking, lifting, and sensing, etc.

  1. Power conversion unit:
    Robots are powered by batteries, solar power, and hydraulics.
  2. Actuators:
    Converts energy into movement. The majority of the actuators produce rotational or linear motion.
  3. Electric motors:
    They are used to actuate the parts of the robots like wheels, arms, fingers,
    legs, sensors, camera, weapon systems etc. Different types of electric motors are used. The most often used ones are AC motor, Brushed DC motor, Brushless DC motor, Geared DC motor, etc.
  4. Pneumatic Air Muscles:
    They are devices that can contract and expand when air is pumped inside. It can replicate the function of a human muscle. They contract almost 40% when the air is sucked inside them.
  5. Muscle wires:
    They are thin strands of wire made of shape memory alloys. They can contract by 5% when electric current is passed through them.
  6. Piezo Motors and Ultrasonic Motors:
    Basically, we use it for industrial robots.
  7. Sensors:
    Generally used in task environments as it provides information of real – time knowledge.
  8. Robot locomotion:
    Provides the types of movements to a robot. The different types are:

    • Legged
    • Wheeled
    • Combination of Legged and Wheeled Locomotion
    • Tracked slip / skid.

(ii) Industrial Robots:
Six main types of industrial robots:

  1. Cartesian
  2. SCARA (Selective Compliance Assembly Robot Arm)
  3. Cylindrical
  4. Delta
  5.  Polar
  6. Vertically articulated

Six – axis robots are ideal for:

  1. Arc Welding
  2. Spot Welding
  3. Material Handling
  4. Machine Tending
  5. Other Applications

Question 5.
Comment on the recent advancement in medical diagnosis and therapy.
Answer:
The recent advancement in medical diagnosis and therapy:

  1. Virtual reality
  2. Precision medicine
  3. Health wearables
  4. Artificial organs
  5.  3 – D printing
  6. Wireless brain sensors
  7. Robotic surgery
  8. Smart inhalers

1. Virtual reality:
Medical virtual reality is effectively used to stop the brain from processing pain and cure soreness in the hospitalized patients. Virtual reality has enhanced surgeries by the use of 3D models by surgeons to plan operations. It helps in the treatment of Autism, Memory loss, and Mental illness.

2. Precision medicine:
Precision medicine is an emerging approach for disease treatment and prevention that takes into account individual variability in genes, environment, and lifestyle for each person. In this medical model it is possible to customise healthcare, with medical decisions, treatments, practices, or products which are tailored to the individual patient.

3. Health wearables:
A health wearable is a device used for tracking a wearer’s vital signs or health and fitness related data, location, etc. Medical wearables with artificial intelligence and big data provide an added value to healthcare with a focus on diagnosis, treatment, patient monitoring and prevention.

Note: Big Data:Extremely large data sets that may be analysed computationally to reveal patterns, trends, and associations, especially relating to human behaviour and interactions.

4. Artificial organs:
An artificial organ is an engineered device or tissue that is implanted or integrated into a human. It is possible to interface it with living tissue or to replace a natural organ. It duplicates or augments a specific function or functions of human organs so that the patient may return to a normal life as soon as possible.

5. 3D printing:
Advanced 3D printer systems and materials assist physicians in a range of operations in the medical field from audiology, dentistry, orthopedics and other applications.

6. Wireless brain sensors:
Wireless brain sensors monitor intracranial pressure and temperature and then are
absorbed by the body. Hence there is no need for surgery to remove these devices.

7. Robotic surgery:
Robotic surgery is a type of surgical procedure that is done using robotic systems. Robotically – assisted surgery helps to overcome the limitations of pre – existing minimally invasive surgical procedures and to enhance the capabilities of surgeons performing open
surgery.

8. Smart inhalers:
Inhalers are the main treatment option for asthma. Smart inhalers are designed with health systems and patients in mind so that they can offer maximum benefit. Smart inhalers use bluetooth technology to detect inhaler use, remind patients when to take their medication and gather data to help guide care.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Recent Developments in Physics Additional Questions

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Recent Developments in Physics Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
An automatic apparatus or device that performs functions ordinarily ascribed to human or
operate with what appears to be almost human intelligence is called ……………. .
(a) Robot
(b) Human
(c) Animals
(d) Reptiles.
Answer:
(a) Robot.

Question 2.
The laws of Robotics are ……………. .
(a) a robot may not injure a human being
(b) a robot must obey the order given by human
(c) a robot must protect its own existence
(d) both b and c.
Answer:
(d) both b and c.
Hint:
A robot may not injure a human being or through in action, allow human being to be harmed.

Question 3.
The basic components of robot are ……………. .
(a) mechanical linkage
(b) sensors and controllers
(c) user interface and power conversion unit
(d) All the above.
Answer:
(d) All the above.

Question 4.
What is the name for information sent from robot sensors to robot controllers ……………. .
(a) temperature
(b) pressure
(c) feedback
(d) signal.
Answer:
(c) feedback

Question 5.
Which of the following uses radio frequency to produce nano – particles ……………. .
(a) Plasma arching
(b) Chemical vapour deposition
(c) Sol-gel technique
(d) Electro deposition.
Answer:
(a) Plasma arching

Question 6.
Which of the following the atoms do not move from each other ……………. .
(a) Shape memory alloys
(b) Nano materials
(c) Dielectrics
(d) Static materials.
Answer:
(b) Nano materials

Question 7.
The diameter of the nano wire is about ……………. .
(a) 10-6 m
(b) 10-3 m
(c) 10-8 m
(d) 10-9 m.
Answer:
(d) 10-9 m.

Question 8.
A suspended nano wire is a wire that is produced in ……………. .
(a) Air medium
(b) Vaccum
(c) Low vaccum chamber
(d) High vaccum chamber.
Answer:
(d) High vaccum chamber.

Question 9.
For nano metres whose diameters less than …………….are used as welding purposes.
(a) 10 nm
(b) 20 nm
(c) 30 nm
(d) 40 nm.
Answer:
(a) 10 nm

Question 10.
Nano wires are used in ……………. .
(a) 10 nm
(b) Resistors
(c) Capacitors
(d) Transducers.
Answer:
(a) 10 nm

Question 11.
Generally what is the material of needle electrodes ……………. .
(a) Stainless steel
(b) Copper
(c) Lead
(d) Iron.
Answer:
(a) Stainless steel

Question 12.
……………. introduced is used to hold patients head and guide the placements of electrodes.
(a) Monotaxic
(b) Stereotonic
(c) Stereotaxic
(d) Monotonic.
Answer:
(c) Stereotaxic

Question 13.
Who is the father of the modem robotics industry formed the world’s first robotic company in 1956 ……………. .
(a) Joliot
(b) Cormark
(c) Engelberger
(d) Edward purcell.
Answer:
(c) Engelberger

Question 14.
In 1954, ……………. invented the first digitally operated programmable robot called unimate.
(a) Edward purcell
(b) George Devol
(c) Engel berger
(d) Joliot.
Answer:
(b) George Devol

Question 15.
The phenomenon of artificial radioactivity was invented by ……………. .
(a) Joliot and Irene curie
(b) Felix Bloch and Edward purcell
(c ) Connack and Hounsfield
(d) Wilhelm conrad – Rontgen.
Answer:
(a) Joliot and Irene curie

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Physics Recent Developments in Physics Short Answer Question

Question 1.
What is physics?
Answer:
Physics is the basic building block for Science, Engineering, Technology and Medicine.

Question 2.
Write down the applications of Nano technology?
Answer:

  • Energy storage
  • Metallurgy and materials
  • Optical engineering and communication
  • Agriculture and food
  • Biotechnology
  • Defense and security Electronics
  • Biomedical and drug delivery
  • Cosmetics and paints
  • Textile.

Question 3.
What is robotics?
Answer:
Robotics is an integrated study of mechanical engineering, electronic engineering, computer engineering, and science.

Question 4.
What is meant by ‘Robot’? Write its uses?
Answer:
Robot is a mechanical device designed with electronic circuitry and programmed to perform a specific task. These automated machines are highly significant in this robotic era where they can take up the role of humans in certain dangerous environments that are hazardous to people like defusing bombs, finding survivors in unstable ruins, and exploring mines and shipwrecks.

Question 5.
What is the meaning of particle physics?
Answer:
Particle physics deals with the theory of fundamental particles of nature and it is one of the active research areas in physics. Initially it was thought that atom is the fundamental entity of matter.

Question 6.
Define cosmology?
Answer:
Cosmology is the branch that involves the origin and evolution of the universe. It deals with formation of stars, galaxy etc.

We believe that the shared knowledge about Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 12th Physics Chapter 11 Recent Developments in Physics Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details visit Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 12th Physics Solutions and for more information ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.